Home

CS-Cart User Manual

1. Select all Unselect all Total items 1 10 Delete selected or Export selected Add user List of administrator accounts The list of administrators is represented as follows Select column selects the user ID the administrator s identification number Username the name that the administrator must enter when logging in Name full name of the administrator Registered date and time of registration Type type of user account Administrator Status status of the account Active or Disabled T You can define the number of user accounts displayed per page as explained in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Elements per page To delete an administrator account place a check mark in the Select column of the account you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit an administrator profile click on the link in the Username or Name columns of the administrator account To add a new administrator account click on the Adduser button 5 4 3 Customers This menu item allows you to display a list of customer accounts Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 153 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Total items 1 10 C ID USERNAME NAME f E MAIL REGISTERED TYPE STATUS Customer 059 242005 2 customenhsomecompany com py 5 edit more 3 customer Dee customer samecorrpany corn 01 01 Customer Active edit more J elect all Un
2. Required products Reward points TOP LEFT SIDEBOX CENTRAL RIGHT SIDEBOX Categories Central content Banners Shopping options My account blacksAwrappers mainbox general tpl Information et Affiliate PRODUCT DETAILS PAGE TABS Bestsellers Site news Subscription ae My tag cloud Mailing lists Events Description Recently viewed Send to friend Reviews Features Files Required products Tags BOTTOM Blocks In the Addons tab you see addons that can be enabled for this particular product Such addons are given here if they are enabled in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 109 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com For products such addons are Product configurator RMA Age verification Comments and reviews If the Configurable check box is ticked off in the Product configurator section it means that the product is configurable consists of several components and the Configuration tab is displayed In the RMA section you can define whether the product can be returned Returnable is enabled or not and specify the period during which it can be returned In the Bestselling section you can see the number of sold items The section is displayed only if the Bestsellers addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons The Age verification addon allows to define an age limit for a product The following fields can be filled in Age verification tick off to enable age verification for the prod
3. Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To delete an item click on the delete link of the item you want to delete back to Data feeds Editing data feed Data feed Ha English download export to server upload to ftp server General Exported items Fields mapping Products from categories NAME DWO edit delete Plasma Tvs edit delete Add categories Products NAME 24 Seasons 1 3 edit delete Adidas santiossaqe edit delete Add products Save or cancel Editing data feed exported items In the tab Fields mapping you can define what fields will be in the export file their position and their names A list of defined fields is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Position ordinal number of the field in the export file Field name name of the field that will be shown in the export file Field type select what information will be displayed in the field all product characteristics are given in this drop down field Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 306 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Active status of the field if it is active the field will be displayed in the export file back to Data feeds Editing data feed Data feed Ha Engish download export to server upload to ftp server General Exported items Fields mapping POS FIELD NAME FIELD TYPE ACTIVE 0 Creation date Date added W x T Price Price r oa Save or
4. Save or cancel Editing option The information is given in the following way Position ordinal number of the option in the list Name name of the option variant e g option size may have such variants as Small medium large X large etc Note that a variant name consisting of more than 20 characters may change the website display in some cases Modifier Type positive or negative value that affects the product price if the option variant is selected absolute or percent type of modifier Weight modifier Type positive or negative value that affects the product weight if the option variant is selected absolute lbs or percent type of modifier Status status of the option Active or Disabled Click on the Extra link to display additional parameters Icon icon of the option You can download the icon from a local computer a server or type a direct link to the image Here you can also define an alternative text for the icon Earned point modifier Type positive or negative value that affects the number of points earned for the product if the option variant is selected absolute points or percent type of modifier this option is available only if the Reward points addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 103 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you edit the value of any field click on Save to save the changes To add a new
5. Start date place a check mark in this field if you require customers to enter their credit card start date Issue number place a check mark in this field if you require customers to enter their credit card issue number Localization select a localization for which this credit card can be used If you change some parameters Card code Card name CVV2 Start date Issue number click on Save to save the changes in the database 5 6 6 Titles The Titles form allows you to define titles that are traditional in your country Titles Add title Mr Active edit delete Mrs Active edit delete Ms Active edit delete Add title Titles Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 269 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The form contains a list of the titles defined in the store Titles themselves and their Statuses are given in the list To delete a title from the list click on delete of the title you want to delete To add a new title use the Addtitle button In the pop up section enter the necessary parameters and click on Create To edit a title click on the corresponding edit link and you will be able to edit the following parameters The list of titles is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Title the title itself Position ordinal number of the title in drop down box in the storefront ID the ID you wish to assign
6. F Add poll and set the necessary parameters T Polls can be added only if the Polls addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons Let s consider each page type separately 5 8 1 1 Pages Pages are content pages where you can post various information such as your company information privacy policy affiliate program terms and conditions etc Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 327 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Pages Editing page About our company delete this page General Blocks Information Parent page Name Description Status SEO Meta data Page title META description META keywords Availability User groups Created date Lise available period Available tram Available till Save or cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 clone this page add page add link add form add pall 4ddons Tags About our company Root level Put your company description here HTML tags can be used in this description Edit in visual HTML editor Active Hidden Disabled i all gt Guest Registered Wholesale 04 22 2008 7 7 Editing page Page 328 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com All the parameters are grouped into three sections Information SEO Meta data Availability Information Parent page choose whether it is a root level page or a subpage Name name of the page Description text displayed on the p
7. Registered date and time when the subscriber was signed up for the mailing list Mailing lists Mailing list name of the mailing list Format format of the letter plain text or HTML Language language in which letters are sent ay You can create newsletters using different languages So a subscriber will receive newsletters written in his native language For more information see the chapter Content gt Newsletters Subscribed if ticked off then the subscriber is signed up for the mailing list Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 359 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Confirmed if ticked off then the subscriber is approved by the store administrator Editing subscriber subscriber some com General E mail subscriber some com Registered OVO082009 15 09 Mailing lists MAILING LIST FORMAT LANGUAGE SUBSCRIBED CONFIRMED Mailinglist HTML English gt m m Mailinglist2 Plain text English m m jia Save or cancel Editing subscriber To delete a subscriber click on x mark of the subscriber you want to delete To add a new subscriber use the Add subscriber button To add a new subscriber from the list of the store users follow the link Add subscribers from users 5 8 8 Store locator This feature allows you to indicate all your store locations on a Google map This map will be available for your customers and they will be able to choose the point of sale
8. To add a new reason click on the Addreason section and fill in the form in the pop up section To delete a reason click on the delete link To delete several reasons at a time tick off the necessary reasons click on Delete selected Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 65 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com RMA reasons Add reason POSITION REASON STATUS 10 Dead on arrival Active delete 20 Wrong item ordered Active delete E 30 Wrong description online Active delete 40 Can t make it work Active delete c0 Manufacturer defect Active delete 60 Wrong item delivered Active delete E 70 Out of Warranty Active delete E ao Damaged during shipping Active delete E 90 Other Active delete Save or Delete selected depletes RMA reasons By clicking on the RMA actions link you open the page where you can edit the actions that are applied to the products customers want to return For example it can be a refund or replacement of the item Customers will be able to choose among the given variants in the storefront Following the RMA request statuses link you go to the page where you can specify the return request statuses The way you can do this is similar to the way you set order statuses Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 66 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 2 7 Recurring plans Recurring billing is an addon intended for selling and tracking the subscription based products e g membe
9. click on Delete selected To add a new banner use the Add banner button enter the necessary parameters in the pop up section and click on Save Click on the edit link to edit the following banner parameters Name name of the banner Type whether it is a graphic banner or a text banner Image banner image You can download the image from your local computer from your server or type the URL to the image Here you can also define an alternative text for the image Open in a new window if ticked off the banner link will open in a new window URL URL to which the banner will redirect Created date date of banner creation Status status of the banner To save the changes click on Save button To cancel the changes click on the cancel link 5 8 11 Comments and reviews Here you can view all the existing posts on products categories orders news gift registry topics pages etc and find the necessary one by using the search pattern The Comments and reviews link is displayed in the side box if the Comments and reviews addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 365 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Comments and reviews al Author Message Fating Comments and reviews Advanced search options IP address Approved Period All select dates 01 08 2009 o1 08 2009 Sort by Date asc Search Save this sear
10. General Name Mailing list 1 From name Some company From email no reply some cam Reply to no reply some cam Confirmation e mail No autoresponder Show at checkout Show on registration Show on sidebar Subscribers Add subscribers p Status amp Active Hidden Disabled Save jor cancel Editing mailing list To delete a mailing list click on mark To add a new mailing list click on the Add mailing lists utton 5 8 7 Subscribers Any registered or unregistered users of your shop can subscribe to the news by entering their e mail in the appropriate field of the Mailing lists box in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 358 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Su bscribers Add subscriber Total items 4 f 10 E ce H subscriber some com Total items 4 f 10 Add subscriber Add subscribers from users Subscribers On this page a complete list of subscribers is given The subscribers are listed in the order they were added to the list Their e mail addresses are given and then follows the information about the number of mailing lists they are signed up for ey You can disable the Subscribers option by changing the status of the News and e mails addon to Disabled Administration gt Addons gt News amp e mails To edit the subscriber information click on the edit link E mail e mail address of the subscriber
11. If you edit the value of some fields click on Save to save the changes in the database 5 6 1 13 Upgrade center Here you adjust the settings of the Upgrade center of CS Cart Read more about Upgrade center in the chapter Administration gt Upgrade center Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 230 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Upgrade center License number TEST Updates server http helpdesk cs cart com FTF server options Hostname Username Password Directory Save Upgrade center settings License number number of your CS Cart license Updates server the server where updates are downloaded by default it is http helpdesk cs cart com FTP server options Hostname hostname of your FTP server Username your username Password your password Directory directory on the FTP server where CS Cart is located T FTP server options are required to be adjusted only if you do not have permissions to update files Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 231 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 2 Addons Addon is a self contained component of the program which can easily be connected or disconnected from it without affecting other options A list of all CS Cart add ons is given on the page Access restrictions Affiliate Age verification Anti Fraud Attachments Banners management Bestsellers Buy together Comments and reviews Cu
12. Rate it allows to define exchange rate between base currency and other currencies It is more convenient to take the base currency as 1 and calculate the others correspondingly to the base one Let s consider the example in the picture above US Dollar is the base currency and the Rate value of other currencies shows how many dollars are equivalent to 1 euro and 1 pound So we see that 1 280 dollars are in one euro and 1 880 dollars are in a pound Sign generally accepted symbol of the currency After sum if this check box is ticked off the symbol of the currency is shown after its value otherwise it is displayed before Ths sign select thousand separator that will be displayed in the storefront Dec sign select decimal separator that will be displayed in the storefront Decimals the number of digits after the decimal sign Status status of the currency Active the currency is available for customers in the storefront Disabled the currency is not available for customers in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 271 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you change any parameters click on Save to save the changes in the database To delete a currency put a tick mark in Select column of the currency you want to delete click on Delete selected A new currency can be added with the help of the Add currency button Click on it enter the necessary data in the pop up
13. Save Company When all the desired information is entered click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 199 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 1 3 Dynamic HTML Javascript has the capability to dynamically alter a Web page by generating new HTML elements to be displayed It allows to update a part of the page without its full reloading which increases usability You can enable Javascript pagination in the customer and administration areas As for customer area and Add to Wish List buttons can be J avascript based when such a button is clicked the content of Cart Compare products side box will be updated accordingly and the corresponding message will be displayed for the customer without the whole page reloading settings Dynamic HTML Customer settings AJAAJavascriptlbased the Add to cart button Iw AJAS Javascript based the Add to compare list I button AJAAJavascript based pagination Iw Administrator settings AJAAJavascript based pagination Iw Save Dynamic HTML pages If any changes are made then click on Save l 5 6 1 4 E mails You can configure the following e mail parameters using this option Method of sending e mails The CS Cart shopping cart software includes three choices of sending e mails via php mail function via SMTP server via sendmail program Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 200 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com
14. back to Payouts Payout Affiliate Afiliate Affiliate E mail afiliate company com Date range 03 20 2009 03 20 2009 Amount 3 00 Actions Total items 3 10 CUSTOMER ACTION DATE tT COST IP ADDRESS BANNER ADDITIONAL DATA STATUS a 03202009 product l Click 16 4d p10 792 768 5 35 TEE Paid up Click Cri p10 192 768 5 35 banner Paid up a 03 20 2009 graph Click 16 4d P1 00 192 768 5 35 rere Paid up Total items 3 10 Payout At the top of the page the following information is represented Affiliate name of the affiliate E Mail e mail of the affiliate Date range Amount the amount paid to the affiliate Then follows a list of all actions represented as a table with the following columns Action type of action for which the commissions are charged Date date and time of payment Cost amount charged Customer IP address the customer s IP address Banner banner that was displayed or through which the customer came and fulfilled the action Additional data here the information about orders products coupons URL is displayed Status the processing stage of the commissions approved awaiting approval paid up approved and paid up Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 394 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 9 8 Accounting History Here the summary statistics of all paid out commissions are displayed The data are represented as a t
15. CS CART Shopping cart software v 2 0 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Table of contents 1 Welcome to CS Cart shopping cart software 5 2 Introducing CS Cart 0 000 eee ee ee 6 2 1 What Is CS Cart uaaa ee ee 6 Ze PoU afew een Eder Pew eA Pe ea ee 7 3 LAStANAUON toca eteeeneaes Cet eee eee en ees bees 11 3 1 Requirements 0 0 00 ee ee ee es 11 3 2 Installing CS Cart naaa 0 2 ee es 12 3 2 1 License Agreement 0000 ee eee 14 3 2 2 Checking Requirements 15 3 2 3 Host And Database Settings 16 3 2 4 Installing Database 004 18 3 2 5 Shop Outlook Settings 0 19 3 2 6 Installing Skins 0 ee ee ee 20 3 2 7 SUMMAA bake kaw dee eee Ee ee 21 4 CS Cart Architecture 00 cee eee 22 4 1 Interfaces 0 ce ee ee ee 22 4 1 1 Storefront interface 2 0008 22 4 1 2 Administration interface 23 5 Administration panel 0000 08 e eee eee 25 5 1 Authentication 0 aaa ee 25 Dat OFOClS sce etuceunneeeauaeueeeeaeatunetess 26 5 2 1 View orderS 1 ce 26 5 2 2 Sales reports oaoa ee 40 5 2 3 Order statuses 0 ee ee ee 48 5 2 4 Shipments nna et 52 5 2 5 Gift certificates ee ee 54 5 2 6 Return requestS 0000 ee eee ee 60 5 2 7Recurring plans 2 00 eee ee ee ee 67 5 2 8View subscriptions aaau aaa a aa 70 5 2 9Subscription event
16. Categories section enables you to choose among categories and Subcategories section The selection of categories means that the orders with the products from the chosen categories will be selected as chart conditions Using the Products section you can select certain products for analyzing The selection of products means that orders that have the chosen products will be selected as chart conditions To cancel all chart conditions click on the clear conditions link at the top To view the charts of the report click on the view report link 5 2 3 Order statuses This feature allows you to define new and change the existing order statuses according to your needs Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 48 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Order statuses Add status TI pra Backordered edit D pre Cancelled edit O Completed edit a Declined edit Tl Failed edit in m Open edit O pra Processed edit to Suspended edit delete Add status Order statuses 7 order statuses are available by default They cannot be deleted To delete a status click on the delete link of the status you want to delete If you want to edit the existing order status click on the edit link The pop up section will appear and you will be able to edit the following parameters Name name of the order status Status letter symbol of the order status E m
17. In stock Price in points points Regenerate thumbnails DO 120x120 px Products NAME tT cL adidas Camp Tee to Ex t adidas Mens Avantis Jersey Adidas Mens ClimaCool Wesh Polos oi Cy ce T am r am Add products Global update After the necessary values are entered click on the Apply button to apply the changes to the selected products 5 3 2 2 Bulk product addition This option allows you to add several products at the same time using a single form to open the Bulk product addition form click on the bulk product addition link on the Products pages Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 123 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Add products MAIN CATEGORY PRODUCT NAME PRICE LISTPRICE POS STATUS 0 00 0 00 0 Active E 2 Greate Bulk product addition To add a new row with empty fields to the section click on T The number of products that can be added with a single operation will depend on the parameters of your server We do not recommend addition of more than 100 products at a time To add a new row with values identical to an existing one clone a product click on To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one After entering the desired information click on Create to add new products 5 3 3 Product features You can add additional non standard fields to the product information using the Product featu
18. Order status check the necessary status Period set a date range or select among the specified periods e All e This day the current day e This week the current week e This month the current month e This year the current year e Yesterday e Previous week e Previous month e Previous year e Last 24 hours e Last 7 days e Last 30 days Order ID identification number of the order Shipping the search results will include orders for which the checked shipping methods were used New orders tick off to search for orders that have not been viewed yet Gift certificate code here you can enter a gift certificate code and specify whether the gift certificate is purchased or used Also advanced search allows to specify a product or products of the order Click on the Add link and choose the necessary product or products Customer files if enabled the search results will contain orders with the customized product s namely products for which customers loaded their own files e g images Moreover the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 27 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com After filling in a
19. Process selected Pay affiliates You can restrict the search results using the following options Payment amount Payments with minimum release level only Due payments only 1 week The list is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column Username a unique name identifying the user Affiliate full name of the affiliate Amount of approved actions commission amount that was approved but not yet paid out Amount of actions awaiting approval commission amount that was not approved yet Date of last payment date of last payment to this affiliate To process a payment Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 391 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com tick off the entry ries you want to process click on Process selected After processing the information about the payment s is displayed on the Payouts page 5 9 7 Payouts Here you can view all the commissions charged to the affiliates The page contains two sections Search form a list of all payouts Payouts an Affiliate Status Amount gt a Search Advanced search options Period All Seectdates 03 20 2009 F 03 20 2009 Search Save this search as Name Cave Total items 2 10 AFFILIATE AMOUNT DATE STATUS 03 40 2009 Iom Green 2 00 17 54 Open ENN k 037202009 F l C Afiliate Affiliate 3 00 eee Open view Select all Unselect all Total ite
20. To notify the customer of the changes enable the Notify customer option before saving the changes to the database To notify the administrator of the changes enable the Notify orders department option before saving the changes to the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 31 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com In case the order meets some promotion conditions the promotion is displayed in the Promotion tab Add order Under some conditions it is desirable for a store administrator to have the ability to create order manually for instance if a customer places an order by phone CS Cart has a feature that allows you to create orders via the administration area Click on the Addorder button and you will be taken to the page where you can create a new order To add an order the store administrator will need to pass 4 steps select products that need to be included in the order Products enter customer information Customer details select shipping and payment methods a discount coupon can be applied and calculated tax and shipping rates can be defined manually Totals enter payment details and order notes Summary At the first step you will need to select products that will be ordered two types of search basic and advanced search Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 32 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Find results with Price Search in category Advanced se
21. define the color of the banner outline Title text color define the color of the banner title Text color define the color of the banner text Text background color define the color of the banner background Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 236 of 409 ecommerce Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ey A 6 digit hexadecimal number used in HTML and other computing applications to represent colors should be entered in each field Affiliate options General Show affiliate cade at m front end Fayment period 1 week Number of last periods 15 Automatic approval of E afiliate commissions Text banner Outline colar O60C1 Title text color FDEDFD Text color 333333 Text background color F9F9FF Discount Coupons Afiliate ID is used as coupon prefix Delimiter between prefix and coupon code Save or cancel Affiliate In the Discount Coupons section you can edit the following parameters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 237 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Affiliate ID is used as coupon prefix tick off to add affiliate ID at the beginning of the coupon code Delimiter between prefix and coupon code enter the character that will be a delimiter between prefix and coupon code The Anti Fraud addon makes it possible to protect the store from false orders The module is supported by Maxmind Anti fraud service Through its comprehensive fraud screening sys
22. 2 process Notification of future paying M Subscription 3 3 process Notification of manual paying M Subscription 4 4 process Select all Unselect all Process selected events Subscription events All the events are grouped into four sections The corresponding subscriptions and the related orders are given in each section Attempt to pay the failed order orders that failed for some reasons Here you notify customers that they can make an attempt to pay the failed order again Note the number of such attempts and time interval between them are defined in the Recurring billing addon settings Administration gt Addon gt Recurring billing gt General Charge subscription orders that have to be paid on the same day You remind customers that it s time to pay for the subscription Notification of manual paying orders that have to be paid manually Here you notify customers that their orders cannot be processed automatically and that it should be done manually Note the content of the notification and the period during which the notification is sent are defined in the Recurring billing addon settings Administration gt Addon gt Recurring billing gt Notification Notification of future payment orders that will have to be paid in the furure Note the content of the notification and the period during which the notification is sent are defined in the Recurring billing addon settings Adminis
23. 2004 2010 CS Cart com u back to Taxes Editing tax VAT General Tax rates LOCATION RATE VALUE TYPE Default destination tall countries 0 000 Absolute Canada 0 000 Absolute USA 10 000 Percent 3 Save ot cancel Tax rates 5 5 3 States The form produced by clicking on the States link contains the following sections the Select country field a list of states The list of states is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the state Code code assigned to the state State Province name of the state province Status status of the state Active available e g in the registration form in the storefront Disabled is not available in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 181 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Manage states Add state Select country United States Goto page 1 d amp previous 12 3 4 5 6 next Totalitems 4 10 CODE STATE PROVINCE STATUS C AL Alabama Active delete AK Alaska Active delete AZ Arizona Active delete E AR Arkansas Active delete CA California Active delete E co Colorado Active delete CT Connecticut Active delete DE Delaware Active delete E DE District of Columbia Active delete m FL Florida Active delete Goto page 1 i previous 12 3 4 5 6 next Totalitems 54 10 Save or Delete selected Add state Manage state To edit state pa
24. E 60 H Audio amp Video Add Active edit delete 70 Cell Phones Add Active edit delete E 90 sports amp Outdoors QO Add Active edit delete Add category Select column you can select the necessary category Position ordinal number of the category in the category tree Name category name if a sign is displayed before the category that means it has subcategories Click on the sign to show all subcategories Products number of products in the category Status status of the category Active the category Is available in the storefront Disabled the category is not available in the storefront or Hidden the category is not displayed in the storefront but can be accessed by customers by following the direct link To enter the category position number enter the desired number in the Position field click on Save f Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 76 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com For example in the figure above entering 12 for the Children s Book category and 11 for the Computers amp Internet category will change the order of these categories in the storefront the Computers amp Internet category will be displayed first T By default if there are no numbers in the Position field categories will be ordered alphabetically To delete a category either use the delete link in the category row or place a chec
25. For example you can create a user group which has access only to catalog or orders etc Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 163 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to User groups Privileges Administrator PRIVILEGE Addons if Manage access restrictions if Manage promotion system View events Administration M Database maintenance Users Manage user groups IY View users Save M Manage events zi Manage reward points system IY View statistics Delete logs if Manage users Privileges Manage gift certificate M system Manage RMA system Import and export data i View user groups In the Privileges section you define the actions available for the administrator to execute Select the necessary items tick off their check boxes and click on Save To add a new user group click on the Add user group button enter the necessary information in the pop up section and click on Create Now the new user group is added When creating a user group you can also define recurring plans for it For more information on recurring plans read the chapter Orders gt Recurring plans Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 164 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 4 9 Events This feature is intended for providing additional opportunities for customers and promoting your online sales Gift Registry addon allows to notify your friends of some special occ
26. If you are using an SMTP server you will need to enter the appropriate values for the following parameters into the SMTP server settings section SMTP host SMTP username SMTP password Use SMTP authentication tick off the check box to enable SMTP authentication If you are using a sendmail program you will need to enter the appropriate path into the Sendmail settings section Path to sendmail program T By default this path is usr sbin sendmail Otherwise contact your sever administrator settings E mails Method of sending e mails via php mail function SMTP server settings ShITP host SMTP username ohiTP password Use SMTP authentication E sendmail settings Fath to sendmail program fusr sbinf sendmail Save E mails Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 201 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 1 5 General This option lets you specify a variety of general store characteristics Using this section you can manage the following settings Using this section you can manage the following settings Enable secure connection at checkout SSL certificate is required to be installed on your server if this option is enabled CS Cart works through HTTPS at checkout in the front end of your CS Cart Please make sure SSL certificate is installed on your server before enabling this setting Enable secure connection in the administration panel SSL certificate is requir
27. In the tab Categories you define categories for which the filter will be displayed in If the filter presupposes the existence of some value intervals the tab Ranges is displayed In the tab you define ranges of the filter Position ordinal number Name name of the range that is displayed tn the storefront From To the range itself e g O 50 for the price filter This form supports bulk addition To add a new row with empty fields to the section click on Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 129 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new row with values identical to an existing one clone row click on g To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one 5 3 5 Global options If some products of your store have the same set of options you have the ability to set up global product options on this page Then you can easily copy a global option to some products Global options Add option Color Active edit delete Size Active edit delete Apply to products p 4 Addoption Global options A list of global options is given on the Global options page The name and status Active or Disabled are specified for each global option To delete a global option click on delete of the entry you want to delete To add a global option use the Add option button To edit a global option click on the edit link and you will be able to change the following
28. Save or cancel Recurring plans Products 5 2 8 View subscriptions Here is given a list of all subscriptions to products Select column ID identification number of the subscription Order ID identification number of the order Customer full name of the customer E mail e mail of the customer Date date of the subscription Recurring price amount of the periodical payment Last paid date of the last payout Status status of the subscription Active Disabled Unsubscribed Completed When changing the status of the subscription a notification is sent to a customer by default If you do not want to notify a customer remove a tick mark from the Notify customer check box Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 70 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Subscriptions ai Customer E mail Recurring price Advanced search options Total items 6 10 C ID ORDERID CUSTOMER E MAIL DATE 4 RECURRING PRICE LASTPAID STATUS D a 27 AT customen company com 11 09 2009 315 1149 2009 Disabled view more E o ustomer C 4 26 a atamer customen company com 11 09 2009 6 30 11092009 Disabled view more E ustomer j n Customer fa D 3 5 ENR customercompany com 11 09 2009 6 30 11092009 Active view more El Total items f 10 Charge selected or Delete selected Subscriptions To view a subscription conditions click on the view button You will see the Viewing s
29. USER GROUP AMOUNT AMOUNT TYPE All 0 bsolute points Guest 0 Absolute points Registered T Absolute points se Wholesale 0 Absolute points Save Reward points On the Reward points page you can assign reward points to user groups and set their amount User group name of the user group of the store and options Guest and Registered for those who are not signed for any user group Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 147 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Amount number of reward points you set for the user group Amount type Absolute points or Percent type of charging system For example if you set the Amount option for all user groups to 50 and Amount type to Absolute points the customer will get 50 points But if the Amount type is Percent the points are calculated in the following way the product price is divided into 100 and the result is multiplied by the number set in the Amount field If you make some changes click on Save to save them to the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 148 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 4 Users The CS Cart shopping cart software allows you to manage all user profiles with the administration sections of the Users tab f Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate Lsers Administrators Customers Affiliates Suppliers Frofile fields Liser carts Memberships Eve
30. check box the selected user group will be applied to all subcategories of this root category Position ordinal number of the category in the storefront Created date this is the date that the category information has been added to the database Status whether the category is active hidden or disabled Localization select localization s for which the category will be available bid The Localization field is displayed only if at least one item is defined in Shipping taxes gt Localizations ey Remember that by enabling the category for the localization you do not enable products of this category After entering the desired parameters click on Save to save the changes to the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 78 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Blocks Addons Layout Reward points Reviews Information Name Children s Books Location Books x Description Edit in visual HTML editor Status Active Hidden Disabled Images Thumbnail displayed on category list and details pages Select a file or enter URL NO IMAGE AVAILABLE Local Server URL Alternative text Popup larger image optional displayed on category details page only Select a file or enter URL NO IMAGE AVAILABLE Local Server URL Alternative text SEO Meta data Fage title META description META keywords Availability ser groups al FO Guest 0 Regist
31. following parameters Name name of the payment method Position define position of the method tn the list ordinal number Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 262 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Processor here you choose whether the process of payment is online or offline When you select a payment processor in the select box the Configure tab appears Click on the tab to set up the payment method with your payment gateway system account Template template which displays supplementary fields text input boxes in the Storefront User groups user groups for which this payment method is available T You can define user groups using the instructions in the chapter Users gt User groups Description enter additional information that will be displayed next to the payment method in the storefront Surcharge define an additional fee for the payment method The fee can be specified as a percentage of the order total amount or a flat rate If both rates are defined then the percentage is applied first and only after that the absolute value is added Status status of the payment method Active available in the storefront Disabled unavailable in the storefront Icon icon of the payment method You can download the icon from a local computer a server or type a direct link to the image You can also define an alternative text for the icon T Icons downloaded for payment
32. page of the related order Quantity number of products a customer wants to return To delete a return request tick off the necessary request click on Delete selected or click on the delete link of the request Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 62 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To print packing slips of several requests at once place check marks in the Select column of the requests you want to print click on Bulk print Click on ID or Date links to view the return information The page Return info contains the following information Return return request number number assinged to the return in the database Date date and time the request was submitted Action action chosen by the customer Status the current status of the return request Gift certificate the code of gift certificate and its amount this gift certificate is created by the administrator and granted to the customer who submitted the request This field is displayed only if the administrator has created the certificate for the customer Then follows two tabs Return products information and Declined products information There are the same columns in these two tabs Select column Product product name and options of the product if there are any Price product price Quantity number of products Reason reason for the return At first all the products that the
33. put any non empty set of characters Administrator e mail enter a real e mail License number license number is needed ta connect to our upgrade server German C Spanish O French Additional lanquages Greek C Italian C Dutch T Russian Install demo data demo products orders promotions news Iw and banners will be uploaded Previous Next gt Host and database settings You should fill in the following fields e Server host name This is a name of the website on which you are installing CS Cart for instance www my_site com There should be entered only a domain without HTTP prefix or a directory path following the domain e Server host directory If you install CS Cart in a subdirectory on your website and all the CS Cart files are already under this subdirectory for instance the shop should be accessible via URL http www my_site com shop the value of this field should be shop it is required NOT to have the sign at the end of the path If your CS Cart installation is in the Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 16 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com web root directory so your online store will be accessible via URL http www my_site com the field is required to be empty e Secure server host name This is an URL of your secure server the domain should be entered according to the Same rules as for the Server host name field above If you do not know the URL of your secure server
34. shipping information Method Custom shipping method Tracking number Carrier nn Notify customer Save or cancel Viewing subscription In the tab Products you see the product or products of the subscription Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 72 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Subscriptions Viewing subscription 3 General Products Orders PRODUCT RECURRING PRICE QUANTITY TAX SUBTOTAL 12 72 139 96 24 seasons 1 3 CODE BUUUBIO 139 ob Viewing subscription Products Total items 1 10 General Products Orders DATE 4 TOTAL r ID STATUS CUSTOMER E MAIL Processed Customer customencicompany cam 11 09 2009 11 36 69 30 Customer view more E 5 Select all Unselect all Total items 1 10 Gross total 69 30 Total paid 69 30 Bulk print Viewing subscription Paid The orders relating to the subscription are given in the Orders tab Also here is given a total amount paid under this subscription 5 2 9 Subscription events Once a subscription is created the further placing of orders and sending of notifications should be carried out manually All the information on the current events is displayed on the page Subscription events Page 73 of 409 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com subscription events Attempt to pay the failed order M Subscription 1 1 process Charge subscription M Subscription 2
35. 10 Page 219 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Account number Shipping key Shipping key international Test mode Package length Package width Package height Shipment type Additional protection Ship hazardous materials Use COD cash on delivery payment COD payment method COD surcharge FedEx The FedEx parameters tab contains the following fields Account number Meter number Test mode Package type Drop Off Type Height inches Width inches Length inches Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 220 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Settings Shipping settings Main Australa Post Canada Post HL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post Account number Meter number Test mode m Package type Other packaging Drop Off Type Regular pickup Height inches 10 Width inches 10 Length finches 10 FedEx parameters tab The Retrieve meter number section is used for obtaining the meter number Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 221 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Retrieve meter number Name street City state province fip code Country Phone Tick off to get meter number E Save Retrieve meter number Intershipper the Intershipper parameters tab contains the following fields Password Username Type of delivery Shi
36. 39 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 2 2 Sales reports Using this feature you have the ability to make quantitative and qualitative analyses of the existing orders and their components purchased products used payment methods customers etc The reports will help you to study the market and to increase in sales On the Sales reports page you can view reports which help you to make the analysis of your sales The Reports section contains 5 reports which are already defined by default They are listed in the right hand menu 5 Order Reports Top 10 Customers Top 10 Categories Top 10 Products Payment Methods They are Order Reports Top 10 Customers Top 10 Categories Top 10 Products Payment Methods Each report page contains the search section and report charts The search section enables you to select a date range for all charts Here you can either set a custom date range or choose one of the specified options Period Select dates This year kd 01 01 2009 01712 2009 Search Date range Let s consider the Top 10 Products report It contains 4 charts Top 10 Products Items Sold Top 10 Products Cost Top 10 Products Cost monthly Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 40 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Top 10 Products Items Sold monthly chart by amCharts com Top 10 Products tems Sold Adidas Mens Climat 20 Dae
37. 5 10 Page 324 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 8 Content The content management system is another powerful feature of the CS Cart Shopping cart software Using this feature you can create your own information topics such as help pages or your company history The topics will be listed automatically tn the Site info box of your storefront Also the system includes tools allowing registered and unregistered users to subscribe to your shop or company news This feature is managed using the administration sections of the Content tab fn Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate Pages Lanquaqes Tags Site News Mews letters Mailing lists Subscribers Store locator Banners Comments and reviews Content 5 8 1 Pages Here you can create additional pages that will be displayed in the Information side box in the storefront These pages can be of four types text pages forms polls and links Pages of all types are given on this page You can display only one type of pages by using the corresponding links pages links polls forms First goes the search pattern Basic search options are Find results with Available options e Any of these words search for any entered word e All of these words search for all entered words in any order e The exact phrase search for the exact entered phrase Type pages links forms polls Parent page choose a parent pa
38. Active edit delete Total items 2 f 10 Saye or Delete selected Add cart promotion Add catalog promotion Manage promotions The page contains a complete list of promotions of your store The following information is given for each item of the list Select column here you can select the necessary promotion Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 134 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Name name of the promotion Priority specify the order in which promotions will be applied by assigning ordinal numbers to them 1 2 3 etc if the same priority is set for two promotions they are applied in the order they are selected from the database Zone field of application whether it is a cart promotion or a catalog promotion Status status of the promotion Active promotion is available for customers Disabled promotion is not available for customers Hidden promotion is not shown in the storefront If you make any changes click on the Save button to save the changes in the database To delete a promotion click on the delete link of the promotion To delete several promotions at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit a promotion click on the edit link of the necessary promotion The Editing promotion page will open It contains three tabs General Conditions Bonuses In the tab General you can edit the following parame
39. Australian Time Date This can be done on the Appearance settings page in the CS Cart administrator area the link to this page is located in the Design tab The time zone can be changed under the Common settings section Click on the Save button to save the changes Please note that this change will affect only future dates that are saved in the database time of placed orders time of user s registration etc Is there a way where can download all my products at once in some format CS Cart has the ability to export your product catalog in CSV format To export your catalog in CSV file log in to the CS Cart administration area open the Administration tab and click on the Export data link Click on the Products tab Set up the export parameters and export the product data to a CSV file Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 407 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com want to increase my store performance how can I do this AL Follow these directions Delete not disable but delete the languages that you do not use for your site This can be done on the Languages page in your admin panel the link to this page is in the Content tab After that it is required to optimize database to reclaim the unused Space and defragment the datafile Open the Database page in the admin panel the link to the page is under the Administration tab Open the Maintenance section on the page Remember the current da
40. Company 2 000 ee ee 198 5 6 1 3 Dynamic HTML 200 5 6 1 4 E mails 0 00 00 008 a 200 5 6 1 5 General 0 0000 eee 202 5 6 1 6 Google base 0005 209 5 6 1 7 Image verification 210 S6 L9 OOCING 444 hee tween ee oe irki 213 5 6 1 9 Reports 0 000 eee ees 214 5 6 1 10 Shipping settings 215 5 6 1 11 Sitemap 0004 229 5 6 1 12 Thumbnails 004 229 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 2 of 409 5 6 2 AMMONS 1 232 5 6 3 Payment methods 05005 261 5 6 4 Database ouau a ee 263 5 6 5 Credit cards aoaaa aaa a a a 268 5 0 6 TIES recassa be vee bea eee ees eat 269 5 6 7 CurrencieS aoaaa aa a 271 5 6 8 Import data aaa a 00 eee ee ee 272 5 6 9 Export data a ee 279 OLO LOOS 4e n y sade d beth wee ow ee 281 5 6 11 Upgrade center 0 000 eee 283 5 6 12 Statistics aa aaa aa aa 287 5 6 13 Webmail 0 000 eee eee 295 5 6 14 Store acceSS 1 a a aa 297 5 6 15 Data feedS au uaaa aaa aa 302 5 7 Design saaa aaa 25 edea44 HEE SEE ees 307 5 7 1 Site layout 4 e488 Beebe es Baws oe ea GS 308 Devee MOGOS vce veka eee a eee ne nh eee kee 309 5 7 3 Design mode 2 ee ee 310 7A BIOCKS s webaene beeen hea tte tees caw t 311 5 7 5 Appearance settingS 005005 314 5 7 6 Quick linkS 0 2 ee ee 314 5 7 7 TOO MeNU asasan ee ee 316 5 7 8 Site Map 319 5 7 9 Template
41. Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Type of Mail The Domestic U S P S section Package Size length girth inches Machinable Container Priority Mail Container Express Priority Mail Size Large Width Priority Mail Size Large Length Priority Mail Size Large Height Specify the last three settings for Priority Mail only if Package Size is set to Large Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 227 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Shipping settings Main Australa Post Canada Post HL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post Eee USPS General info User ID O94C4R7TS2903 Test mode E International U S P S Type of Mail Package Domestic U S P 5 Package Size length girth inches Oversize 108 130 Machinable True Container Priority Mail Flat Pate Box Container Express Flat Rate Envelope gt Please specify the package width height and length for Priority mail t Package Size is Large only Priority Mail Size Large Width 10 Priority Mail Size Large Length 10 Priority Mail Size Large Height 10 Save USPS parameters tab Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 228 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 1 11 Sitemap The Sitemap option includes the following parameters for configuring the appearance of the storefront sitemap Show the Categories section tick off to display categories in the site map all categories will
42. For example a rate of 5 would be represented by entering 5 for the rate value and absolute for the type a rate of 5 of the product cost would be represented by entering 5 for the rate value but percent for the type Per lbs if ticked off the value defined in Rate value will be added per each Ibs The Item dependences section is used if you wish the shipping cost to depend on the quantity ordered It includes the following elements alist of defined dependences Add new rate value s The list of existing dependences Is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the dependence Product quantity the minimum quantity to which the shipping cost defined in the Rate value column Is applied Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 177 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Rate value the shipping cost Type the rate value type either absolute or percent For example a rate of 5 would be represented by entering 5 for the rate value and absolute for the type a rate of 5 of the product cost would be represented by entering 5 for the rate value but percent for the type Per item if ticked off the value defined in Rate value will be added per each additional item To add a new dependence use the Add cost dependences Add weight dependences or Add item dependences buttons After entering all of the desired information cli
43. Group by category if enabled products in the price list will be grouped by category Include product options if enabled the price list will contain product options To generate the price list in XLS and PDF formats use the links given in the XLS layout and PDF layout sections respectively Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 249 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Price list options General Table layout Fields sort by Group by category Include product options XLS layout Selected fields Product code Product name Amount Price t Product code ra m Use this link to download the price list in ALS Excel format http www domain com index phprdispatch price list view display xls Avatlable fields Product ID Minimum order quantity Maximum order quantity Weight Image Please note at the moment there is no opportunity to display images in xls due ta the peculiarities of the conversion library PDF layouts Lise this link to download the price list in POF format http jwa domain comindex phprdispatch price list viewsdisplay pat lf columns were added or changed please clear the cache to regenerate the price list Save or cancel It is not necessary for you to understand double entry book keeping or standard accounting procedures in order to run your business QuickBooks software will help you If you have no formal accounting training QuickBooks is used to track expe
44. In order to use the Test mode you need to get additional accounts at PayPal Sandbox Order prefix any prefix you want invoice IDs to have on PayPal site optional field for instance mycart Click on the Create button to save the changes In order to use PayPal as a payment method on your site there must be PHP s Curl Support on your server you are able to read more about it on the http www php net curl Check whether there is PHP s CURL support installed on your server How can set up CS Cart with AuthorizeNet Aim payment gateway Log in to your admin panel open the Administration tab and click on the Payment methods link Click on the Add payment button Enter your new payment method name in the Name text input field select AuthorizeNet Aim in the Processor drop down select box enter the desired description and surcharges into the appropriate input fields upload an image if needed Open the Configure tab in the same window in order to view the AuthorizeNet Aim settings section Fill in the following fields Login your AuthorizeNet login Transaction key transaction key that you can get on the AuthorizeNet web site Currency select your currency MD5 hash value MD5 hash value that you can get on the AuthorizeNet web site Test Live mode set it to Test while testing the credit card processing through this payment gateway Transaction type select a transaction t
45. In the section Commission rates you can specify commission charges that the affiliates will get for Show banner demonstration of the banner Click a click on a banner Payout sales a purchase made by the customer who came from the affillate s site New customer a registered customer New affiliate a new affiliate of the store T All commissions can be defined as a percentage from the sales Percent ora flat rate Absolute Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 381 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Commission rates Show banner 0 01 Absolute gt Click 1 Absolute gt Payout sales 9 Percent 9 New customer 9 Absolute New affiliate E Absolute Save or cancel Commission rates If you make any changes click on Save i The percentage of sales can be specified for each product category coupon and multi tier affiliates using the forms in the following tabs Products Categories Coupons Multi tier affiliates Click on the Products tab to define the products from which the affiliate will get commissions Here by using the Add products link you create a list of products and define sales commissions for them Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 382 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Products Categories Coupons Multi tier affiliates PRODUCT NAME SALES COMMISSION C Toshiba 42nPo4 42 6 Absolute
46. PC memory It can optimize RAM to make your computer run faster and crash less often l Edit in visual HTML editor p lt span style font weight bold font style r otep Required products Display type Checkbox Status amp Active Disabled Save jor cancel Editing group Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 143 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The page contains two tabs General Products In the General tab you see the fields Name name of the group Images thumbnail image and popup larger image of the group Full description description of the group Step step to which the group is related Display type select whether the group will be represented as a check box select box radio group Status status of the group Active or Disabled If you make any changes click on Save to save them in the database The other section Products is represented as a list of products assigned to the group General Products Ultra 1024MB PC3200 DDR 400MHz Memory x Kingston 512 MB 333 MHZ DDR PC2700 DIMM CL2 5 PC Memory x Corsair Value Select memor 1 GB DIMM 184 pin DOR amp VS1GR400C33 Save jor cancel Editing group The Compatibility classes tab is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the necessary class Name name of the class Group the group to which the class is assigned Status
47. Package width cm 10 Package height cm 10 Package length cm 10 _Save Australia Post parameters tab The Australia Post parameters tab contains the following fields Package width cm Package height cm Package length cm The Canada Post tab contains the following parameters Merchant ID Package length Package width Package height Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 217 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Shipping settings Main Australia Post Canada Post DHL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post UPS USPS Merchant ID Package length 10 Package width 10 Fackage height 10 Save Canada post The DHL parameters tab contains the following fields Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 218 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Shipping settings Main Australia Post Canada Post DHL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post UPS USPS system ID NORTH_8456 Password BBOOS8ES51 Account number 768528190 shipping key shipping key international p22oor 2o20SEoUSeeUSCopoUel o sUZSS3r 26207 Loot los oroeosoe Test mode Iw Package length 10 Package width 10 Package height 10 shipment type Fackage Additional protection Asset Protection ship hazardous materials E Cash on delivery Use COD payment E COD payment method Check or Money Order COD surcharge 10 Save DHL parameters tab System ID Password Last Revised Jan 5
48. Store access IP Domain E mail Credit card dministration panel Total items 2 f 10 C IPS REASON CREATED I STATUS 4 144 166 1354 SUSPICIOUS 05 06 2009 10 05 Active delete M 4 149 594 98 4 12 5 204 05 06 2009 10 05 Disabled delete Select all Unselect all Total items 2f 10 Save or Delete selected Add new IPs Access restriction In the IP tab you specify IP addresses that do not have access to the store at all Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 297 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The IP tab has the following columns Select column select the necessary IP IPs IP address or a range of addresses Reason the reason for the access restriction it is displayed when someone with this IP address tries to enter the store Created date and time the IP address was added Status status of the restriction Active or Disabled To add new IP addresses use the 4dd button After entering all of the desired information click on treate to add the new IP Also here you can ban access for several IP addresses with successive numbers It is possible to ban access for all IP addresses in the defined interval To do this you just need to enter the starting number e g 192 169 0 40 in the IP From field and the last number e g 192 169 0 49 in IP To and the access to the store will be automatically blocked for any IP address from this interval B
49. TAX SUBTOTAL 100 Cotton Adultouth Beefy T Shirt by Hanes Style 5180 4 50 1 0 41 4 50 CODE BOOOTSMGSM Price in points 224 Options Clothing Size Mens Small 34 36 Color Ash 24 Seasons 1 3 189 94 1 10 00 17 27 199 94 CODE BOOOBIG T Price in points 9447 Discount coupon code Subtotal 194 44 Including discount 10 00 Git certificate code amp E Manually set tax rates D Shipping method Custom shipping method 3 5 days 28 00 gt WAT included 10 20 23 Custom shipping method 28 00 Payment method Credit card Discount Free shipping Afiliat de i Total cost 222 4 kaSis Continue Checkout Now you are on the Summary page The order and customer information is displayed on the page Billing address Shipping address Payment method Shipping method Payment method and Shipping method have the Change link By using it you can return to the third step Payment details details peculiar to the payment method should be entered in this section For instance if payment method is credit card in the Payment details section the following data must be entered card Visa Visa Electron etc card number cardholder s name expiration date Also some notes can be added to the order here To add the order to the list of orders click on Create To start the order processing click on the Maii ities hiietie button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page
50. The list is represented as a table with the following columns Select column Tag name of the tag Popularity number of items products and pages to which the tag is assigned Users number of users who added this tag Products number of products to which the tag Is assigned Pages number of pages to which the tag Is assigned Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 348 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Status status of the tag approved disapproved pending The tags added by the administrator get the status Approved automatically You can use the search section to display tags only of the necessary status Approved Disapproved or Pending If you make some changes click on the Save button To delete a tag check the necessary tag click on the Choose action link and select Delete selected or use the delete link of the tag To disapprove a tag check the necessary tag click on the Choose action link and select Disapprove selected To approve a tag check the necessary tag click on the Choose action link and select Approve selected 5 8 4 Site News In this section you can set up site news which will be shown in the Site news box in the storefront ey You can disable the Site news option by changing the status of the News and e mails addon to Disabled Administration gt Addons gt News and e mails The news are managed using the News
51. Year Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 214 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Reports Format of time intervals Day Tue Jan 3 Week 1 Jan Month January El Year 2006 Save Reports If you change the value of some fields click on Save to save the changes in the database 5 6 1 10 Shipping settings This option allows you to configure real time shipping methods with their associated shipping charges Main this tab allows you to enable any of the following real time shipping processors Enable Intershipper overrides other shipping processors Enable FedEx Enable UPS Enable USPS Enable DHL Enable Australia Post Enable Canada Post Enable Swiss Post Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 215 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Also you can disable shipping in your store by ticking off the Disable shipping option settings Shipping settings Main Australa Post Canada Post HL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post Po LSPS Disable shipping a Shipping processors Enable Intershipper overrides other shipping E processors Enable FedEx E Enable UPS Iw Enable USPS Iw Enable DHL E Enable Australia Fost a Enable Swiss Post m Enable Canada Post I Save Main Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 216 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Shipping settings Main Australia Post Canada Post DHL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post UPS USPS
52. address and the Shipping address sections In the Profile Checkout Supplier and Affiliate columns specify the field status in the corresponding profiles i e whether this field will be optional or mandatory When the fields are filled in click on TALE to add the new field to the profile 5 4 7 User carts If registered customers add products to cart but by some reason do not buy them their cart content is saved to the database and is displayed on the User cart page in the administration panel When the customers come to the store again the products are automatically added to the cart This information helps administrator to see what products are popular among customers or guess what products may be bestsellers in the near future The page contains two sections the search section a list of all user carts The following information is given in the second section Customer full name of the customer Cart content number of products added to the cart Wish list content products which were added to the wish list Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 160 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com User carts al Customer E mail Total Advanced search options Total items 1f 10 CUSTOMER CART CONTENT WISH LIST CONTENT Se 5 Product s 0 Product s Customer Product Cuantity Price Puma Women s Anjan Leather 1 24 99 Adidas Mens ClimaCool Mesh Polos 1 49 95 Daew
53. address 192 168 0 70 Logged in time 2 hours 1 minutes Timeout 1 K Goto page 1 Total items 5f 10 Logs The following information is given in the list of logs Time date and time when when the log is created User user who performed the action registered in the log Type what action was performed and what it is related to categories database news orders products requests or users Content content of the log There is an ability to go directly to the needed page Just enter the number of the page in the Go to page field and click on mark To delete all the logs click on the clean logs link Using the php information link you can view the PHP details After clicking on the db backup restore link you will be taken to the Database page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 282 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 11 Upgrade center Upgrade Center allows you to upgrade the installed CS Cart up to the latest version via the web interface Upgrade Center will automatically receive information about all available updates from our server and display a notification for the administrator Installation of the updates is carried out on the Upgrade Center page If access permissions do not allow to update some files the system will prompt to enter FTP access details they are not passed to our server All the original files replaced during the upgrade are saved in the folder var upgrade UPGR
54. all defined localizations Names of the locations and their statuses are shown on the page Localizations Add localization NAME DEFAULT STATUS Europe C Active edit delete Update or Delete selected Add localization Localizations To delete a localization from the list click on the delete link of the entry you want to delete To add a localization use the Addlocalization button To edit a localization click on the edit link and you will see the Editing localization page with two tabs General and I tems In the tab General you can edit the following parameters Name name of the localization Default tick off to use the default weight settings for this localization Use custom weight settings tick off to use custom weight settings Weight symbol enter a weight symbol for this localization Grams in the unit of weight defined by the weight symbol enter the number of grams in the weight unit defined above Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 191 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you make any changes click on the Save button to save them in the database To cancel the changes click on the cancel link back to Localizations Editing localization Europe General Items Mame Europe Default a Use custom weight M settings Weight symbol kg Grams in the unit of weight 1000 00 defined by the weight symbol Save or cancel Editing localization In the tab It
55. answering the question Required the question will be mandatory displayed with an asterisk in the storefront Editing question How often do you buy goods online General Answers POS ANSWER TEXT TEXT BOX 10 once a week E x 20 twice a week E x 30 more often E x E Ea Save or cancel Editing question In the tab Answers a list of all possible answers to the question is given Position position of the answer in a list ordinal number Answer text answer to the question Text box if ticked off additional text box is displayed for the answer in the Storefront In you make any changes click on the ave button To cancel the performed changes click on the cancel link The form allows bulk addition of answers To add a new row with empty fields to the section click on Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 342 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new row with identical values to an existing one clone link click on g To delete a row click on You can delete all the entries except the last one The poll statistical data is given in the Poll statistics tab 4 back to Polls Editing poll General Poll preview delete this page clone this page add page add link add farm add pall General Block manager Addons Foll Questions Poll statistics Summary Total number of poll forms submitted Number of poll forms fully completed First pol
56. be counted on the basis of the default address and displayed on the cart and checkout pages Display prices with taxes on category product pages tick it off so that product subtotal and total displayed on the category and product pages will include the taxes Display prices with taxes on cart checkout pages tick it off so that product subtotal and total displayed on the cart and checkout pages will include the taxes Display In stock as a field if disabled just the notification In stock is displayed in the storefront If the option is enabled customers will see how many items are in stock Display product tabs as a list if enabled product tabs are displayed as a list one by one on the product details page in the storefront Default templates for products list list of available templates for products list display in the storefront By default there are three templates but you can easily add your own one To do it you need to place your template in the directory skins basic customer views categories custom_templates and make it available by ticking off in this section Product list default layout the layout that will be used by default for all categories except the categories that have their own layouts defined Use the selected layout for current category or search page only if the option is enabled and you enter a category and change the layout from default to another type the selected layout will be
57. button Add field Add field Page 171 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 5 Shippings taxes You can manage shipping methods and taxes using the Shippings taxes box Locations are needed for defining shipping destinations and tax rates You can select the destinations countries and the states contained within them which appear in the appropriate fields in the storefront If you wish you can also edit the program predefined information on individual countries and states Destinations and the corresponding country and state information are managed using the Shipping taxes box as well fu Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate chipping methods Taxes States Counties Locations Lacalizations Shipping Taxes 5 5 1 Shipping methods The CS Cart shopping cart software allows you to define custom shipping methods on the Shipping methods option sh ppi ng methods Add shipping method shipping settings E POS NAME DELIVERY TIME WEIGHT LIMIT LBS USERGROUPS STATUS eS edi All Active edit Guest T B D E 0 Custom shipping method 3 5 days 0 00 x Fegistered Wholesale E Al Aa O io FedEx 2nd day 2 days 0 00 all Active edit delete Guest Registered Wholesale E delete mam im m O jo UPS 3day Select 3 days 0 00 All Disabled edit Guest Fegistered Wholesale E o USPS Media Mail 1
58. certificates are displayed This link is displayed only if the Gift certificates check box is enabled in Administration gt Addons Gift certificates Ally Add gift certificate From To E mail Search Advanced search options Total items 2 10 CODE FROM TO TYPE DATE CURRENT AMOUNT STATUS GC 994 Tom Cecily 04 10 2009 a BHLBUY Creen Corn E mail ceciliaicompany com 11 50 2450 00 Active edit delete GC DOLB Tom Bill ii 04 10 2009 a E OCBH DOOCG Green Brown E mail billi company cam 11 53 2350 00 Pending edit delete Select all Unselect all Total items 2 10 Delete selected Add gift certificate Gift certificates If you have a large number of gift certificates the search section will help you to find the necessary one or several certificates that meet some conditions From the name of the person who sent gave this certificate To the name of the person the gift certificate is going to E mail e mail of the gift certificate recipient To make the search results more accurate use advanced search options Gift certificate code code that is assigned to a certificate internal code of the certificate which is used in the database and generated automatically Gift certificate status the processing stage of the certificate Pending Active Used Cancelled Period specify the period within which the certificate was created When all or some of the following
59. choose the URL type of the static pages for categories Use single URL for all languages if enabled URL of the base language will be used for all the other languages for backward compatibility with old systems Show language in the URL tick off if you want to display the language code in the URL The language code will follow host name and directory name Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 256 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Act as HTML catalog tick off to generate an HTML version of the catalog The SMS notifications addon gives you the capability to receive sms notifications about the state of things in your store The addon works based on mobile messaging provider Clickatell Its online SMS gateway platform will allow you to keep constant and accurate track of what goes on in your store Here are the parameters needed to be set Phone number phone number at which all sms notifications will be sent Clickatell settings the authentication details required when connecting to the Clickatell gateway to send a message Username username registered for the Clickatell s account API ID unique API ID assigned during registration Password Clickatell s password Send SMS if New order has been placed tick off and sms notifications will be sent if a new order is placed New customer has been registered tick off and sms notifications will be sent if a new customer is registered Product
60. customer wants to return are displayed in the Return products information tab Here the administrator can decline some or all products by ticking off the corresponding check boxes and clicking on the DECLINE PRODUCTS button The declined products will be shown in the Declined products information tab and the products that were not declined will be left in the first tab Furthermore if the administrator for one reason or another cannot apply the action required by the customer for example cannot replace the required item he can create a gift certificate for this customer instead In order to do this the administrator Should tick off the necessary products and click on Create gift certificate The code certificate will be displayed above the tabs and its amount will directly depend on the number and the price of the products the administrator checked So the gift certificate amount is calculated in the following way the price of the checked product multiplied by the quantity of this product tf several products were checked this action is performed for all products and then the results are added If the customer provided some additional information related to the return request it is displayed in the Comments section Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 63 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com By clicking on the Customer information link you will see detailed customer information i back to Return requests Return info relate
61. delete gift_certificates update gift certificates update delete news list NEWS delete profiles add profiles add delete Goto page 1 previous 1 2 next Total items 14 10 save or Delete selected Add new SEO rules If your CS Cart based store uses several languages SEO rules can be defined for each language individually You just need to select the necessary language under the name of the page above the search section and specify new values for their URLs By default URL values will be formed in the following way the values defined for the base language followed by a hyphen and a language code two letter code specified for the language in the admin panel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 364 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 8 10 Banners Here is given a list of banners that can be displayed in the store The list is represented as a table with the following columns Select column Banner name of the banner Type type of the banner Graphic banner or Text banner Status status of the banner Active the banner is displayed in the storefront Disabled the banner is not available in the storefront Hidden the banner can be accessed by customers only by the direct link Follow the link banners statistics to view statistical data on how many times banners were viewed and clicked on To delete a banner place a check mark in the Select column of the banner you want to delete
62. details click on either the ID link or view link to display the order detail page Viewing order page All order details are given in the following tabs General Addons Promotions The tab General contains information about fraud risk it is displayed if the Anti Fraud addon was enabled when the order was placed billing address shipping address payment information payment method that was used when placing the order products information a list of ordered products with all necessary information price quantity tax subtotal product options etc and information about the order total amount shipping cost and taxed amount Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 29 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To enter notes about the order enter text into the Staff only notes field click on ave j To notify the customer of the changes enable the Notify customer option before saving the changes to the database To notify the administrator of the changes enable the Notify orders department option before saving the changes to the database If the customer left some notes regarding the order they are shown in the Customer notes field If the Allow to create shipments option is enabled in Administration gt Settings gt General you can divide the order into multiple shipments on the Viewing order page To create a shipment click on New shipment choose the products that will be inc
63. dialog box which contains a list of all added news The list of all added news is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column Date date the news was added Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 349 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com News the news header Separate page if it is ticked off then the news will be displayed on a separate page Status status of the site news Active available in the storefront Disabled unavailable in the storefront News Add news E English E Total items 3 f 10 DATE NEWS SEPARATE PAGE STATUS C gifis 2o09 Version 2 0 released O Active edit delete 0301 2009 Happy New Year to yol C Active edit delete D 12 10 2008 Design Updates C Active edit delete Total items 3 f 10 save or Delete selected di Site news To delete a news item Click on the delete link of the item To delete several news items tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete Click on Delete selected To add a news item use the Addnews button a pop up section will appear where you should fill in the following fields Name the news header w You cannot add news without entering the header Description text of the news article that is displayed on the Site news page in the storefront tis This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML ed
64. edit an attachment click on the edit link and you will be able to edit the following parameters Name name of the attachment Position ordinal number File attach files from your local computer from a server or type the URL to directly link to the file User groups select user groups for which the attachment will be available The Required products tab Required products are related products that are necessary to buy in addition to the main one the pop up section and add them to the list General Images Secondary categories potions Cty discounts Files Block manager Sddons Features Tags Attachments Required products Reward points NAME adidas Men s Avantis Jersey x Adidas Mens ClimaCool Jacquard Argyle Polo x Save or cancel Required products In the Reward points tab the administrator can specify the price of the product in points and customers can earn for buying the product Allow payment by points tick off to allow a customer to pay for the product by points Override global PER if this option is enabled it means that price in points specified for this particular product overrides global point exchange rate set up in Reward points settings and the value defined in the Price in points field below will be displayed in the storefront Price in points the product price in points Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 118 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com In the P
65. enter here the same value you entered into the Server host name field above as they are the same usually e Secure server host directory Enter the subdirectory of your secure server if CS Cart is not in the web root directory according to the same rules as for the Server host directory field above T Although the Wizard fills in the fields above automatically it may detect the server host names and directories incorrectly on some server configurations Please check by yourself whether the values are correct e MySQL server host Usually it is named localhost but in order to be certain refer to the Databases page in your website control panel or contact your hosting provider e MySQL database name e MySQL user e MySQL password e Secret key to encrypt orders data In order to conform to the Protect Cardholder Data point of PCI Data Security Standards CS Cart uses BlowFish algorithm to encode credit card information Enter a sequence of symbols letters digits etc into this field it will be used as a key for the encryption algorithm Administrator e mail Enter a real e mail into the field The default administrator e mail company e mails of Order Support etc departments and contact form recipient s email will be changed to the value of this field e License number Enter your license number to connect the store to our upgrade server If the license number is entered in the admin panel you will
66. fo oo22 6 side NGkeS users tpl fo oo503 common templates sidebox tpl fo 00207 side bores shippings taxes tpl fo oo2 eS common templates sidebox tpl fo 00207 side boxes locations tpl ra esas Pee ii m seal byt el Lanett tel Aena fo 00222 content tpl ro azaag common templates bhreadcrumbs tpl fo oo22 7 look n feel pages Seetings cpl fo o2e42 loak nir eel nanes Silene 1 esl 4 ipa fo oo25e buttons update tpl ro 00422 buttons button tpl fe 00235 common templates mainbox tpl fo oo425 aide bakes logout tpl ra a2025 Smarty Debug Console Alternative currency display format select Show prices in selected currency only if you want product prices to be displayed for your customers only in the selected currency in the front end If Show prices in default and selected currencies is selected and a customer selects alternative currency in Currencies select box in the front end product prices will be displayed both in base currency and in the selected currency in parentheses Weight symbol enter the symbol of the preferred unit of weight e g Ib kg etc Grams in the unit of weight defined by the weight symbol the number of grams in the selected unit of weight Access key to temporarily closed store this field can be used if you wish to close the store temporarily For example if you enter the word givemetheway in this field and click on Close store at the bottom of any page i
67. frequency set how often data will be updated Priority set the priority of the data These options can be set up for the following entries Homepage settings Products settings Categories settings Pages settings News settings Extended feature pages settings Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 244 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Google Sitemap options General Information lf products categories and etc were added or changed please clear the cache to regenerate the xml sitemap sitemap is available by this link http Myw domain com index pip dispatch xmisitemap view sitemap can be reached by the URL http fiawwdomaincomsitemap xml if SEO addon is enabled fit is disabled you need to add the following code to the htaccess file to get this URL working RewriteRule stemapi xml index phprdispatch xmilsitemap view L Add this line after the RewriteBase line Homepage settings Update frequency Priority Products settings Include to sitemap Update frequency Priority Save or cancel Google Sitemap The following settings can be adjusted for the News amp emails addon Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 245 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com News amp e mails options General Newsletters sent per step 10 Mews per page 10 Advanced mailing server options Method of sending e mails use default settings SMTP server settings ShiTP username SMTF hast S
68. friend SEO requires Apache mod_rewrite installed SMS notifications Statistics Store locator Suppliers Tags Webmail Wish List You can enable or disable any of the addons by changing its status Also every addon can be uninstalled by following the Uninstall link ey When you uninstall the addon all the addon data is deleted from the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 233 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Addons Access restrictions Active edit uninstall Affiliate Active edit uninstall Age verification Active uninstall Anti Fraud Active edit uninstall Attachments Active uninstall Store locator Active edit uninstall Suppliers Active edit uninstall Tags Active edit uninstall Webmail Active uninstall Wish List Active uninstall Addons Some of the listed addons have additional settings that need adjusting Click on the corresponding edit link and you will be able to set parameters in the pop up section With the help of Addons you can also manage some settings Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 234 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Access restrictions options General Administration panel settings Login to the admin panel a fram specified IP s only Block IP after a numberof C unsuccessful attempts Number of unsuccesstul attempts Time between unsuccessful login attempts seconds Time for which IP should be blocked ho
69. in the inventory when an order is placed Allow negative amount in inventory this option allows you to continue selling a product even if the amount in inventory is zero Download key TTL for electronically distributed products hours you can define the period of time allowed for a customer to perform the actual download of purchased downloadable product Low stock notification threshold if the number of products in inventory is less than this threshold store administrator will get a notification about it by e mail Show products from subcategories of the selected category if the check box is ticked off products from subcategories will be displayed on the page of the main category Display modifiers for product options when the check box is enabled then if a product variant has a modifier it is displayed in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 205 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Exception style define the behavior of product option exceptions Hide exception exceptions will not be displayed in the storefront Show warning on exception if the exception is chosen a notification is displayed Show out of stock products when ticked off then even products that are not in stock are displayed in the storefront When the check box is disabled out of stock products data are stored in the database but they are not displayed in the storefront Catalog Enable inventory tracking m Allow
70. is enabled in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 302 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com A list of created product data formats Is given on the Data feeds page Select column Name name of the feed Export by cron select where to upload the file when the cron script starts the export Server or FTP Status status of the feed Active or Disabled Data feeds Add data feed al English te NAME EXPORT BY CRON STATUS E Data feed Active edit more J Select all Unselect all Save or Delete selected Add data feed Data feeds If you click on the more E link you can perform three actions Download download the file to a local computer Export to server save the file to the server where the shopping cart is installed Upload to FTP server to upload the file to some other server To delete a data feed place a check mark in the Select column of the data feed you want to delete click on Delete selected If you make any changes don t forget to save the changes to the database by clicking on the Save button To add a new data feed click on the Add data feed button and specify the necessary settings To edit a data feed click on the edit button of the data feed you want to change and the Editing data feed page will be open Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 303 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com i back to Da
71. methods are displayed in a special block To display the icons in the storefront remember to create a block where Block content set to Payment methods To learn more about blocks refer to Design gt Blocks If you edit the value of some fields click on Save to save the changes 5 6 4 Database The CS Cart shopping cart software includes a tool allowing you to make backup copies of the database or to restore the database from a backup copy It is recommended that you back up your database periodically using the Database section which contains the following tabs Backup Restore Maintenance Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 263 of 409 SCOMmTmenrce Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Database logs php information Backup Restore Maintenance Select tables if access_ r reason_descriptions Sema addon_descriptions cscart_addons cscart_aff_action_links cscart_aff_banner_descriptians art_aff_banners Seer aff_qroup descriptions cscart_ aff SA Select all Unselect all Backup database wf schema Backup database data Iw Compress backup file m Backup file name dump_01052009 sql Please note this file will be placed into the following directory on your Serer home public htmltyghvar database backup Backup The Backup tab includes the following elements Select tables list of the database tables you have chosen to back up Backup database
72. name identifying the user Name full name of the gift certificate user Balance the initial amount on the certificate account and the products attached to the certificate as free products Debit balance the certificate amount left after the purchases Detailed information History Total items 2 10 DATE 4 E MAIL NAME ORDER ID BALANCE DEBIT BALANCE Amount 450 00 re aa customerngsomecampany com Cecily Corn ol Amount 36 05 Seasons 1 3 Amount 450 00 o admin yourcompany com Admin Admin Amount 450 00 nee produie 1 Oe seasons 1 3 Total items 2 10 History To the right of the Gift certificates page you can see the link Gift certificate Statuses By clicking on this link you open the page where you can create statuses for gift certificates Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 59 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Gift certificate statuses Add status add gift certificate Active edit Cancelled edit Pending edit Used edit Add status Gift certificate statuses You can create certificate statuses as you create order statuses 5 2 6 Return requests This add on allows to return products which customers are not entirely satisfied with Customers can register the return following the Orders link in the My account Side box Following the Registration of the return link customers see which products of the order can be returned Moreover there they can specify th
73. number of clicks on banners during a certain period of time the average amount paid out for them and a lot more Moreover here you can get to know who of all your affiliates was the most efficient in promoting your store and approve or delete the commissions Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 387 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Approve commissions an Affiliate Plan Amount Advanced search options Period All Select dates 01 09 2009 01 09 2009 Action I Show banner l click I Payout sales T New customer I New affiliate l use coupon I initial balance Show zero actions Not show Status O Approved E Awaiting approval E Paid up Search Save this search as Name Save Search Using the Search section you can search for the commissions of a particular affiliate choose Plan to view commissions charged according to this plan only in the Amount field set the minimum and maximum amount of commissions to limit the search process To make the search results more accurate click on Advanced search options and you will be able to search by the following parameters Period choose any of the defined periods or set your own one Action action for which the commissions are charged Show zero actions field allows to select the commissions that are not equal to 0 or on the contrary only those that are equal to 0 Status status of the commissions Moreover the system allows
74. of the field Description field name Type field type The Title State province Country profile fields are represented as select boxes in the storefront And so in the Type column of these fields there are links to the pages where you can edit the variants for these check boxes Profile show required Checkout show required Supplier show required Affiliate Show required Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 158 of 409 Profile fields Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Add field Le pee as TRE wearer EE MFT cee EE MEET a e EEA e FE MET Contact information 10 Title Titles gt gt O E O m O E O m 20 First name Input field we w Coal O E T a 20 Last name Input field m mal Vv Ce w i 35 E mail E mail w E E E E E E E 40 Company Input field O A O A T Coal O E So Phone Phone mw al mw al mw al wo vw 60 Fax Input field O E O E O E O m 70 UEL Input field Cs O E O E ro Billing address S0 Title Titles gt O E O E 90 First name Input field mo m Coal O E w w 100 Last name Input field m al Ie e O E w ol 110 Address Input field m w Coal O E T 120 Address line 2 Input field w o wo O r wo 130 city Input field m al ce al Ce yr 140 Country Country gt gt wo al wo al O E wo Coal 150 State province State province s wo Coal T Cal O E T Cal 160 zip postal code Fip postal code a al Vv Ce Iv i Shipping address 170 Title Titles gt O E O E O E O E 180 First name Input field wo Coal a Coal C
75. of your server via FTP have unpacked the CS Cart distribution package and uploaded all the files to my server but when I try to access index php or the install directory get a 500 server error What ts the problem A The problem may be caused by the incorrect permissions for your files and directories Some webservers do not allow to execute PHP scripts with permissions higher than 755 or 644 Change the permissions for your files and directories to 755 in order to solve this issue On a Unix based server with terminal access to it you can change the permissions using the following command chmod 755 index php set the 755 permissions for all CS Cart scripts at least for index php and admin php located in the CS Cart root directory and index php located in the install directory If you do not have terminal access to your server you can change file access permissions using an FTP client Most of them have the Change permissions or Change mode functions With the help of these functions you are able to set the necessary permissions The chmod 755 index php command means that you must set 755 permissions in other words read write and execute permissions for the file user and read and write ones for the user group and other Refer to your FTP client documentation for more detailed instructions on setting file permissions In order to set the same file access permissions on a WINDOWS based server you may need to give read
76. on Choose button Now that all the fields are filled in click on the Proceed to the next step button to turn to the third step The following elements are included in the Totals form First product information is displayed Product product name and its options Price product price Quantity number of products Points number of points the user gets on his account for this product if the Reward points addon is enabled and set up Discount product discount amount Tax product tax Subtotal subtotal for the product Then follows order information Subtotal order subtotal Including discount discount amount Points points which are added to the user s account if any Including taxes tax amount Custom shipping method Discount Total cost the Discount coupon code select box you can apply the coupon s to the order the Gift certificate code input field enter the gift certificate code to apply it to the order the Shipping method select box the Payment method select box here you choose a payment method the Affiliate code input field If you change the value of any field click on Save i Click on the Proceed to the next step button to proceed to the fourth step Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 38 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 1 amp Totals Totals PRODUCT PRICE QUANTITY DISCOUNT
77. parameters Name name of the global option Position position in the list of options ordinal number Inventory if enabled the option is taken into account when forming the product inventory and it is displayed on the Inventory page of the product Type a view of this option in the storefront select box radio group check box text input field text area Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 130 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Description description of an option that is available in the storefront will be displayed next to the option by clicking on it customers will see the specified description Editing option Color General Warlants Mame amp Color Position i0 Inventory Iw Type Selectbox Description Edit in visual HTML editor Save or cancel Editing option In the Variants tab you can edit variants of global options Position ordinal number of the variant Variant name name of the option variant e g option size may have such variants as small medium large X large etc Note that a variant name consisting of more than 20 characters may change the website display in some cases Modifier Type positive or negative value that affects the product price if the option variant is selected absolute or percent type of modifier Weight modifier Type positive or negative value that affects the product weight if the option variant is
78. price number Quantity number of order items number Extra additional information in internal format In the Orders tab the following fields are represented Order ID order identification number number E mail user s e mail User ID ID of the user number Total order total amount number Subtotal subtotal amount number Discount discount number Payment surcharge charges for the payment number Shipping cost number Date date when the order was placed given in the format month day year 12 25 2005 Status order status C Completed O Open etc All statuses are displayed on the Order statuses page Notes notes of the customer text Payment ID payment method ID number Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 275 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com IP address IP address of the customer e g 192 168 0 3 Details notes of the administrator text Payment information encoded information about the payment Taxes tax information in internal format Coupons coupon information tn internal format Shipping shipping information in internal format Title title of the customer Mr Mrs etc First name user s first name Last name user s last name Company the name of the company Fax fax number Phone company phone Web site web site of the company Tax exempt whether the tax is imposed on t
79. product should consist of The feature ensures that the product will be in working condition when assembled it enables you to define Specifications and requirements for each component to avoid incompatibility between the components within one configurable product for example AMD motherboard is compatible with Athlon processors but incompatible with Intel Pentium The Configurator link is displayed among the Catalog administration sections only if the Product configurator is enabled in Administration gt Addons The page contains three tabs Steps Product groups Compatibility classes Product configurator show all configurable products add configurable product Steps Product groups Compatibility classes C Pos T NAME STATUS E 10 Required products Active delete E 20 Periphery components Active delete select all Unselect all Save or Delete selected Add step Product configurator Steps The Steps tab is intended for defining stages necessary to configure the product The stages are represented as tabs in the front end Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 140 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Steps tab is represented as a table with the following columns Select column here you can select the necessary step Position ordinal number of the step Name name of the step Status status of the step Active or Disabled For example if you want to buy a computer the fo
80. quantity is less than zero tick off and sms notifications will be sent if a product is out of stock Only send when order total amount more than set the minimum amount of an order that you will be notified of Only send for this shipping methods sms notifications are sent only when the selected shipping methods are chosen for orders SMS content Add payment info tick off and payment info will be included in the sms notification Add customers e mail tick off and customer s e mail address will be included in the sms notification Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 257 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ecommerce SMS notifications options x lt General Phone number Clickatell settings Username AFI ID Password send 5M5 if Mew order has been placed Mew customer has been registered Product quantity is less than zero send only when order total amount is more than send only tor these shipping methods SMS content Add payment info Add customers e mail Save or cancel Custom shipping method FedEx 2ndday UPS 3day Select USPS Media Mail SMS notifications If you edit any parameter click on the button to save the changes in the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 258 of 409 ecommerce Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Statistics options General Define unigue chents by Cookie Save or cancel Statistics Define
81. section and click on the reate button T If you use a payment gateway to process credit cards and it supports different currencies you can define the currency only in respective section on the Payment method page The list of defined currencies does not affect the currency in which the payment will be accepted 5 6 8 Import data If you wish you can import data into your CS Cart store using csv files files in which the entries are separated by appropriate delimiters such as commas This procedure makes administration easier by allowing you to use information created with other software This feature gives the ability to import language variables order items orders images products wholesale prices users There are four links Orders Products Translations Users on the right Orders B5 Products Translations Users Each link directs to the corresponding tab s All tabs are represented in a similar way first there is a list of the fields that the import file can contain and then the Import options section follows The options of this section are related to the import process Language choose a language in which the data will be imported Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 272 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com CSV delimiter specify whether the data in the CSV file is separated by commas semicolons or tabs Select file choose a file by either clicking on Browse and using
82. selected absolute lbs or percent type of modifier Status status of the option Active or Disabled Click on the Extra link to display additional parameters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 131 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Icon icon of the option You can download the icon from a local computer a server or type a direct link to the image Here you can also define an alternative text for the icon Earned point modifier Type positive or negative value that affects the number of points earned for the product if the option variant is selected absolute points or percent type of modifier this option is available only if the Reward points addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons Editing option Color General Yariants POS NAME 10 white 20 Black 30 Blue lcon Earned point modifier Type Save jor cancel MODIFIER TYPE i gt i gt i H 1 000 1 000 0 000 NO IMAGE AVAILABLE 0 000 t WEIGHT MODIFIER TYPE STATUS 0 000 7 lbs Active 0 000 lbs Active 0 000 7 lbs Active Select a file or enter URL Local Server URL Alternative text i points i Ibs Active Size F Extra Extra Extra Bextra ee If you edit the value of some fields click on Save to save the changes To add a new row with empty fields to the section click on To add a new row with identical values to an existing o
83. set tags for this product The tags specified here are displayed in the Tag cloud side box in the storefront General Images Secondary categories Options Qty discounts Files Block manager Addons Features Tags Sttachments Required products Reward points Popular tags Mone My tags x of Save or cancel Tags Popular tags tags that have already been added for the product My tags tags that have been added by you Also here you can add new tags for the product just type the necessary value into the input field and click on Save The Configuration tab appears if the Configurable check box is ticked off in the Addons tab and this means that this product is configurable and therefore can consist of some components The customers have the ability to choose these components in the storefront Moreover customers will not select components that are incompatible with each other when they choose the first component the following unsuitable variants are disabled Here you can select product groups which the product can consist of The page contains two sections Add product group Product groups In the drop down select box of the Add product group section you choose products group for the product To apply a product group select a product group in the check box click on the Add button to add the group Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 116 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010
84. status of the class Active or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 144 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Steps Product groups Compatibility classes NAME T GROUP STATUS E AMD MB 1 2 3 4 5 Motherboard Active edit delete E AMD Processors 1 2 5 4 5 Processors Active edit delete E HDC IDE 6 7 8 9 10 Hard Disk Drives Disabled edit delete E HDD SATA 1 2 3 4 5 Hard Disk Drives Disabled edit delete E Hynix Memories 6 7 8 9 10 Memories Disabled edit delete E Intel MB 6 7 8 9 10 Motherboard Active edit delete E Intel Memories 1 2 5 4 5 Memories Disabled edit delete E Intel Processors 6 7 8 9 10 Processors Active edit delete select all Unselect all Save or Delete selected Add product class Compatibility classes If you make any changes for example change the name of a class or disable enable a class click on Save To delete a class from the list tick off the check box opposite the entry you want to delete click on Delete selected In the Compatibility classes tab you define the compatibility of product components Click on the edit link and you are redirected to the Editing class page with two tabs General and Products Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 145 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Compatibility classes Editing class AMD MB 1 2 3 4 5 General Products Name O A
85. status to disabled To delete a quick link click on the x mark To add a quick link use the Additem button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 314 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Quick links rs Home Active edit delete About Us Active edit delete Contact Us Active edit delete Gift certificates Active edit delete Promotions Active edit delete sitemap Active edit delete Add item Quick links To edit a quick link click on the edit button In the appeared section you are able to edit three parameters Link text link name displayed in the storefront Position position of the link URL link to the page in the store where customers should be taken Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 3 15 of 409 acommence Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Editing item Gift certificates General Link text Gift certificates Fos Ao Index php dispatch qitt_certificates add Save or cancel Editing item 5 7 7 Top menu Here you can create and manage tabs of the storefront top menu Top menu Additem EH NAME STATUS Home Active edit delete Catalog Active edit delete My Account Active edit delete flew cart Active edit delete Com ACHI pany ctive edit delete gt Add item d Top menu Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 316 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The page contains a list of tabs constituting the storefront top menu Name
86. such combinations So if the specified products are bought together customers are provided with a discount Such combinations and possible discounts are presented in the Buy together tab on the product details page in the storefront And customers can easily decide whether to take advantage of the given opportunity or not ey To enable this feature you need to enable the Buy together addon in Administration gt Addons In the Buy together tab you see a list of created combinations The name of the combination and its status Active or Disabled are given in the list To add a combination click on the Add combination button To delete a combination click on the delete link of the entry you want to delete Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 112 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Products Category Men Editing product adidas Men s Avantis Jersey aa Englishtel add product clone this product delete this product General Images Secondary categories Options Qty discounts Files Blocks Addons Features Buy together Tags Attachments Required products Reward points ce rD a combination Active edit ce ae E combination2 Active edit Add combination Buy together To edit a combination click on the edit link and the Editing combination pop up window will open There you will see two tabs General and Products In the General tab you can edit the fo
87. the Choose file window or typing in the file URL Images directory the directory where images are located it will be used if the image file is specified without a path Category delimiter delimiter of the category path Files directory the directory where downloadable files are located it will be used if the files are specified without a path Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 273 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Images Products Oty discounts Products Below is the list of the fields that your data file can contain The highlighted fields are mandatory Product code Ship downloadable Search words Category Inventory tracking Fage title List price Free shipping Taxes Price Feature comparison Features Status zero price action Options auantity Thumbnail Secondary categories Weight Detailed image Supplier Min quantity Product name Pay by points Shipping freight Description Override points Date added Short description Override exchange rate Downloadable Meta keywords Files Meta description Import options Language English Category delimiter fi Category path delimiter for product main category e g Computers Desktops Images directory fhome public_html tygh images backup Directory where images are located This will be used if image file is specified without a path this must be an absolute path Files directory fhome public_html tygh var downloads back Directory where product files are located T
88. the product to cart P Allow to add the product to cart A Ask customer to enter the price Thumbnail path to the product image Detailed image path to the detailed image Product name product name text Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 277 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Description product description text Short description product short description text Meta keywords the product META keywords text Meta description the product META description text Search words Page title the name of the page displayed in the browser text Taxes list of taxes separated by commas e g VAT California Sales Tax Features click on the Notes link to view the information about how to import product features Options click on the Notes link to view the information about how to import product options Secondary categories additional categories separated by semicolon b c d e Supplier name of the supplier name entered in the field Company during registration Pay by points ability to pay for the product with points Y or N Override points whether to recalculate the points for the product Y or N or not If not then the points specified for the category or global points are taken Override exchange rate Y or N Qty discounts Product code the product code number Price wholesale price number
89. the Delete link you will delete this particular customer And by clicking on the Points link you are taken to the Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 154 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Reward points log page of the customer On this page the administrator can deduct or add points to a user s account back to Users User details page Reward points log Add subtract points Customer Customer Customer Points BU Log Total items 1 10 DATE POINTS REASON 05 04 2009 E 16 31 Bu delete Select all Unselect all Total items 1 10 Cleanup log or Delete selected Add subtract points Reward points log The information is given in a table with four columns Select column Date date and time when the points were added subtracted Points the number of points added subtracted Reason the reason for addition subtraction of points Here you see two buttons Cleanup log and Delete selected If you want to delete all logs at a time click on the Cleanup log button but if you want to delete only some logs put a tick mark opposite the logs you want to delete and click on the Delete selected button You can add or deduct points using the Add subtract points button First you Should choose the action addition or subtraction of points then specify the number of points and also if you wish you can write the reason for points addition or subtraction Moreover if you do not want to inf
90. the number of products in stock decreases Increasing status the status when the number of products in stock increases To change the order status choose a new status value in the Status field To delete an order place a check mark in the Select column of the order you want to delete Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 28 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com click on the Choose action link and choose Delete selected or use the more E link and click on Delete To edit the order use the more amp link and click on Edit You will be taken to the page where you can edit the order beginning from the order products to the payment method To print several invoices at the same time place check marks in the Select column of the orders you want to print invoices for click on Bulk print To print several invoices in PDF format place check marks in the Select column of the orders you want to print invoices for click on the Choose action link and choose Bulk print PDF To remove a credit card information from the database place a check mark in the Select column of the necessary order click on the Choose action link and choose Remove CC info To export the selected order s to Quickbooks click on the Choose action link and choose Export to Quickbooks To export the selected order s click on the Choose action link and choose Export selected To look up order
91. the translation mode To switch off the translation mode click on the Disable translation mode button Enable customization mode enable customization mode by clicking on this button The customization mode allows you to edit templates responsible for the user interface Follow the View storefront in customization mode link and you will open the storefront in the customization mode You will see k3 images When pointing the mouse at any image some area of the interface will turn green and the template s responsible for this area will be displayed By clicking on the name of the template you will open a template editor and will be able to change its code tiv To edit a template you should be familiar with Smarty a web template system written in PHP Also general rules of CS Cart architecture given at docs cs cart com Should be taken into account while editing a template Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 310 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Template editor Templates tree Id mainbox general tpl 7166 2009 03 31 13 29 222 zeke main tpl if anchor blacks locations index central tp lt a name Fanchor gt lt a gt i blocks wrappers mainbox general tpl fit h views index index tpl lt div class mainbox container gt if title ghi class mainboxu title gt lt span gt title lt span gt lt hi gt fit lt div class mainbox hbody gt content lt div gt lt div gt Posi
92. to be made Time for which the IP should be blocked hours specify the period for which the IP address will be blocked When the administrator s IP is blocked it is added to the list of banned IP addresses in the Admin area tab on the Access restrictions page The status of the restriction will be Active If the status will be changed to Disabled the IP address will be banned only for the period specified in the add on settings but if you tick it off the time limitations will not be taken into account Using the settings for customer area you can block access to it in the same way If you change anything click on Save to save the changes to the database To cancel the changes click on the cancel link The following settings can be adjusted for the Affiliate addon Show affillate code at front end tick off if you want affiliate code to be shown at the front end Thus customers can tell affiliate code if they for example make orders by phone Payment period you decide whether affiliate commissions are paid out weekly biweekly or monthly Number of last periods here you specify the number of last payments displayed on the Affiliate page Automatic approval of affiliate commissions if the option is enabled then administrator does not need to approve commissions they get status Approved automatically The Text banner section contains the following fields Outline color
93. to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern Is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 388 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ACTION COUNT SUM AVG AFFILIATES Show banner 0 0 00 0 00 0 Click z 6 00 1 00 2 Payout sales 0 0 00 0 00 0 New customer 0 0 00 0 00 T New affiliate 0 0 00 0 00 0 Use coupon 0 0 00 0 00 0 Initial balance 1 1 00 1 00 1 Total T 7 00 1 00 2 Percentage of banner clicks and banner shows Percentage of sales and 0 banner clicks General statistics To display the summary statistics below the search pattern click on the General statistics In the first column all actions for which the affiliates get money are displayed They are show banner click payout sales new customer new affiliate use coupon initial balance Then follows the columns Count contains the number of commissions for each action Sum the amount of all commissions for each action Avg the average value of the commission for each action Affiliates number of affiliates who get the commissions At the bottom of each column the total value is displayed Percentage of banner clicks and banner shows shows the percentage of clicks on all banners displayed if 20 banners were display
94. to delete click on Delete selected To create a new report click on the 4Addreport button Let s consider a report and its components by the example of Top 10 Products To edit the Top 10 Products report click on the edit link The Editing report page is opened It contains Name name of the report Position ordinal number Status whether the report is active or disabled the Charts section The Charts section gives the following information Select column Position ordinal number Name name of the chart Type type of chart representation table bar pie pie 3D Value to display what is figured in the chart order totals the number of orders discounts and coupons taxes shipping costs product costs the number of products If you edit the value of any field click on Save to save the changes To delete a chart from the list tick off the check box opposite the entry you want to delete click on Delete selected To add a new Chart click on the Add chart button The Top 10 Products report consists of 4 charts Top 10 Products Items Sold Top 10 Products Cost Top 10 Products Cost monthly Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 44 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Top 10 Products Items Sold monthly back to Reports Editing report Top 10 Products Add chart Name
95. to the title If you change some parameters click on Save to save the changes in the database To enter the title position number enter the number into the Position field click on Save For example if you enter 1 for Ms and 2 for Mr in the example shown in the figure the order of the titles will change in the storefront Ms will be displayed first T By default if there are no numbers in the Position field titles will be listed in alphabetical order Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 270 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 7 Currencies This page is aimed at those who wish to allow visitors to view product prices in different currencies On the page you can add new currencies for the store or modify the defined ones Currencies Add currency E BASE CODE NAME RATE SIGN AFTER SUM THS SIGN DEC SIGN DECIMALS STATUS mo usd usr 1 00000 C 2 Active E Cc eur Eurc 1 28000 Ree SSG O 2 Active delete C gbp GBF 1 88000 amp 163 E i 2 Active delete Save or Delete selected Add currency Currencies A list of the currencies defined in the store is given on the page All the data is is represented in a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the necessary currency Base you can choose only one base currency for the store Code unique currency code Name descriptive name for the currency US dollar Euro etc
96. unique clients by Cookie or IP address If you set it to Cookie then you get more precise data because each user is saved in memory by some browser parameters And when it is set to IP address then several users with one IP address can be saved in memory as one Click on Save if you change the value of the setting Store locator options General Google key http f code google com fapisfmapssiqnup html Save or cancel Store locator Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 259 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Google key http code google com apis maps signup html Google Maps API key To get a Maps API key you must have a Google Account and your API key will be connected to your Google Account Suppliers options General Display product supplier m company Multiple shipping method Iw selectboxes Save or cancel Suppliers The Suppliers addon allows vendors to sell products which they do not have in stock Display product supplier company if ticked off then the supplier of product will be displayed in the storefront Multiple shipping method selectboxes if it is ticked off then the select box with all possible shipping methods is displayed for every supplier If you change the settings click on Save In the Tags tab you can enable disable the ability to assign tags to products and content pages Tags for products if enabled there is the ability to assig
97. used only for this category But if the option is disabled the selected layout type will be applied to all subsequent categories Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 196 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Customer settings Customer area default lanquage English Orders per page 10 Products per page 10 Thumbnail width on product list page leave empty to use original size oc Elements per page 10 Number of columns in the product list J Notice displaying time ta turn off the autohide function enter 0 is Product list detault sorting Mame Estimate taxes using default address on cart checkout pages i Display prices with taxes on categoryproduct pages E Display prices with taxes on cart checkout pages E Display In stock as a field E Display product tabs as a list E Default templates for products list i List I Grid I orid2 F orids List without options M Compact list Product list default layout List Use the selected layout for current category or search page only m Customer storefront settings Common settings set up the settings concerning date and time formats in the store This section contains the following parameters Date format Time format Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 197 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Time zone Calendar date format Calendar week starts from Common settings Date format 09 29 2005 manth day year3 Time format 15 43 Time zone GMT 0
98. web hosting company that wants to offer a shopping cart solution as a part of your services e looking for a good PHP MySQL platform to create a dynamic website with some specific functionality The CS Cart software includes e complete source code e one domain lifetime license e 1 month of free technical support or 40 support credits with the first license and 20 credits with each additional one CS Cart licenses purchased from authorized resellers come with 20 support credits Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 2 2 Features General Complete ready to use store package Web based installation wizard amp store configuration Intuitive administration panel Built in professional design templates Bulk uploading of categories products and images Full import and export of product user order language databases in CSV format No programming knowledge required for installation and setting up Free 1 month technical support or 40 support credits Localization Translated into 8 languages some translations are partial Easy addition of new languages Configurable currency symbols Configurable measurement units Configurable list of countries states provinces Ability to switch date and time formats Ability to create unlimited number of localizations Search Engine Optimization Search Engine Friendly URLs Custom meta keywords and description for product category and content pages Generation of
99. your CS Cart installation is here http www my_site com and you entered secret in the field you will need to use this URL http www my_site com index php store access key secret Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 398 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com How can I change the page title CS Cart Powerful PHP shopping cart software to our company one In order to change the standard CS Cart page title log in to your CS Cart admin panel open the Design tab and click on the Site layout link You can edit the page title under the Page title section Click on the Save button to save the changes Can you tell me step by step how to change company name and logo on the invoice In order to change the standard CS Cart logos to your own ones log in to your administrator panel open the Design tab and click on the Logos link Upload your logo images and click on the Save button to save the changes In order to change the company name open the Administration tab and click on the Settings link Click on the Company link on the right and edit the value of the Company name field on the page Click on the Save button to save the changes Is it possible to edit the Powered by CS Cart shopping cart software link at the footer Q In order to change the Powered by CS Cart Shopping Cart Software link at the bottom of your site you should modify the bottom tpl file located in the skins CUSTOME
100. 0 Page 304 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Export to server oeer directory fhome cscart var exim FTP server options FTP server The format is FTPHOSTL PORTI DIRECTORY Example fp yourhostcom 21 hoame fusername folder FIP username FIP password Cron export settings Export by cron to Use the following line to run the script according to schedule php path to cart admin php dispatch exim cron_export cron_password MYPASS Save or cancel Data feed editing Also an export file can be uploaded to FTP server can be saved on a web server or downloaded like in a regular export Moreover it is possible to create CRON tasks for individual feeds in order to generate and upload them via FTP on a regular basis for example daily or weekly Server directory specify the directory where the file will be exported to FTP server specify the FTP server to which the file should be uploaded FTP username specify the FTP username FTP password specify the FTP password Export by cron to select where to upload the file when the cron script starts the export to the server where the shopping cart is installed or to the FTP server If you make any changes click on the Save button To cancel the changes use the cancel link In the Exported items tab you can define items to export Here you can select categories or just certain products Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 305 of 409
101. 0 Page 333 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Availability User groups user groups for which the page is available Created date date of the page creation Use available period if ticked off the link will be active only during the time specified below Available from the first day when the link Is active Available till the last day when the link is active ey The fields marked with are mandatory for filling in The tabs Blocks and Tags are also displayed in the Editing link form Their contents are the same as for the text pages 5 8 1 3 Forms The system allows you to add various types of contact forms that will be displayed in the storefront With the help of Forms you can edit the contact forms even if you have no idea of HTML code The form parameters are grouped into three sections Information SEO Meta data Availability Information Parent page choose whether it is a root level page or a subpage Name name of the form Description form description that is displayed in the storefront T This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p Status status of the form Active Hidden or Disabled SEO Meta data Page title you can define any title that will be displayed in the browser when viewing the page in the storefront META description a specific Meta Tag description
102. 004 2010 CS Cart com To edit an affiliate profile click on the link in either the Username or Name columns of the customer account To add a new affiliate account click on 4dduser and fill in the necessary information on the New profile page 5 4 5 Suppliers The Suppliers add on allows the store owner to sell products which he does not have in stock The owner has several suppliers whose products are sold in the store When a customer buys supplier s products the supplier receives the notification where it is specified what products should be delivered and to what address So not the store owner but the supplier ships the products to the customer The store owner just arranges for the goods to be delivered directly to the customer And correspondingly the shipping cost is calculated on the basis of the supplier s address In order to set this add on the administrator needs to create a supplier account specify products of this supplier on product detail page select the supplier specify shipping methods for the supplier in the Shipping method properties section select the supplier The Suppliers link is displayed in the side box only if the Suppliers addon is enabled in the Administration gt Addons On the page you can manage edit delete add and control all supplier accounts of the store A list of registered affiliates is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select colum
103. 04 2010 CS Cart com Select values by parameter by which values are selected It should correspond with the values to display e g Products costs Total cost or Number of products number of items General Orders Statuses of orders Payment methods Locations Users Categories Products Name Top 10 Products Cost Position op Type Graphic Bar Object to analyze Categories Value to display Product costs Time interval Total Date range All Limit i0 Select values by Total cost Save or cancel The General tab If you edit the value of some fields click on Save to save the changes Options of the tabs Orders Status Payment methods Locations Users Categories Products help you set the conditions of the chart In other words you can select only e g orders that have been paid by credit card and or orders that have been placed by certain customers etc If no conditions are defined all existing orders are taken into account T The note with all defined chart conditions is displayed at the top of the page and above the chart while it is being viewed Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 46 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Using Orders you can select certain orders that will be analyzed Click on Add orders and specify the necessary order s in the pop up section General Orders Statuses of orders Payment methods Locations Users Categories Products ID
104. 2 days 0 00 m AAA All Disabled edit delete Guest Fegistered Wholesale Od Save or Delete selected Add shipping method Shipping methods Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 172 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com This page contains a list of defined shipping methods This list is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column Position position of the shipping method in the list ordinal number Name name of the shipping method Delivery time delivery time text field Weight limit Ibs maximum weight possible for this shipping method User groups user groups which can use this shipping method Status status of the shipping method Active or Disabled To delete a shipping method click on the delete link of the step To delete several shipping methods at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To add a new shipping method use the Add shipping method button To edit shipping method parameters use the edit link in its row to display the Editing shipping method page The page contains two tabs General and Shipping charges In the General tab is given the following parameters Name name of the shipping method Icon icon of the shipping method download an image from a local computer or a server or enter a direct link to the image Also you can specify a
105. 254 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If the product and the product category do not have defined reward points but the higher level category has such reward points extract data from it for example a customer buys a product which is located in the Children s book subcategory and reward points are defined neither for the product nor for the subcategory but reward points of the Book category a higher level category are set to 10 points therefore these 10 points will be added to the account If several reward points can be applied set if such a situation occurs that different numbers of points can be added you can choose either Minimal or Maximal Log lines per page the number of log lines on the Reward points log page If the number of logs is larger than set in this field they will be displayed on several pages If you make any changes click on Save to save the changes to the database RMA options General Display product return m period Do not take weekends Into m account when calculating product return period Save or cancel RMA Display product return period if the check box is ticked off the product return period will be displayed in the storefront Do not take weekends into account when calculating product return period if ticked off then Saturdays and Sundays will not be included in the return period If you make any changes click on Save to save the changes to the d
106. 4 003 Baku Erevan Tbilisi Calendar date format 09 30 2008 month day year Calendar week starts from Monday Common settings After entering all desired information click on Save 5 6 1 2 Company This option allows you to add information about your company that will be used in e mails You can enter the following parameters Company name Company address Company city Company country Company state Company zip code Company phone Company phone 2 Company fax Company website Year when the store started its operation User department e mail address Site administrator e mail address Order department e mail address Help Support department e mail address Reply To newsletter e mail address Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 198 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Settings Company Company name Company Company address 44 Main street Company city Boston Company country United States Company state Mississippi Company zip code 02116 Company phone 6175556985 Company phone 2 Company fax Company website http www company com Year when the store started its operation apab User department e mail address no reply company cam site administrator e mail address no reply company cam Order department e mail address no reply company cam HelpSupport department e mail address no reply company com Reply To newsletter e mail address no reply icompany cam
107. 4 2010 CS Cart com By clicking on the link View pages you can view all the pages with a certain load speed Total pages viewed per visitor shows the percentage of visitors who viewed 1 page 2 pages 3 pages 6 10 pages etc Products statistics give information about the words by which customers usually search products in your store All information is represented in a table with the following columns Search conditions words by which the search was performed Date date when the search was performed Visitors number of visitors who searched by this word Found products number of products that were found by this query statistics Products ai users online remove statistics Period Select dates Search Advanced search options SEARCH CONDITIONS DATE VISITORS FOUND PRODUCTS 100 Any of these words details 1242008 2 0 Search in Product name Short description Full description Keywords Products statistics Banners statistics give information about the banners of the store namely how many times banners were viewed and clicked on All information is represented in a table with the following columns Banner name of the banner Clicks how many time this banner was clicked on Views how many time this banner was viewed Conversion percentage ratio of number of clicks to number of views When clicking on the details link a pop up section will appear where the nu
108. 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Settings Shipping settings Main Australia Post Canada Post HL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post International settings Additional insurance for URGENT goods up to Iw CHF S000 Registered mail Iw Acknowledgement of delivery for registered m mail only Personal delivery for registered mail only m Cash on delwery for registered mail only m Additional insurance up to CHF 3000 m Bulky goods E Cash on delivery ECONOMY only m Manual processing r Private customer settings Manual handling E Fragile I Signature E Assurance E Fersonal E Cash on delivery COD E Swiss Post parameters tab UPS The UPS parameters tab contains the following fields UPS Rates Access Key Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 225 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Username Password Test mode Pickup type Package type Width Height Length settings Shipping settings Main Australia Fost Canada Post HL Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post UPS USPS UPS Rates Access Key ABSD2BD208FEEAR0 Username JFAGERS Password IFAGERS Test mode I Pickup type Daily Pickup Package type Package Width 10 Height 10 Length 10 save UPS parameters tab USPS USPS parameters tab contains the following fields The General info section User ID Test mode The International U S P S section Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 226 of 409
109. 5 10 Page 176 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The dialog box also contains the Show rates for location section Here you select a location for which you will specify shipping charges T You can define locations by following the instructions in the chapter Shipping Taxes gt Locations The Cost dependences section is used if you wish the shipping cost to depend on a product cost A list of existing dependences is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the dependence Product cost the minimum product cost to which the shipping cost defined in the Rate value column is applied Rate value the shipping cost Type the rate value type either absolute or percent For example a rate of 5 would be represented by entering 5 for the rate value and absolute for the type a rate of 5 of the product cost would be represented by entering 5 for the rate value but percent for the type The Weight dependences section is used if you wish the shipping cost to depend on the product weight A list of existing dependences is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the dependence Products weight the minimum product weight to which the shipping cost defined in the Rate value column is applied Rate value the shipping cost Type the rate value type either absolute or percent
110. 7 by Customer Customer for 833 03 Active 0 Free shipping 0 ul Orders statistics 2g Users r Main content Customers 1 area STATUS THIS DAY THIS WEEK THIS MONTH THIS YEAR Not a member 1 Backordered 0 0 D D Administrators FH Completed 1 1 1 Root administrators 1 Administrator 0 Declined 0 0 0 0 Affiliates 1 Failed 0 D 0 Oo Cancelled 0 0 0 0 Total 3 Disabled D Open 0 0 0 0 Processed D D D D Total orders 1 1 1 1 Shortcuts Gross total 67 50 67 50 67 50 67 50 gt General Settings gt Shipping methods gt DB Backup Restore gt Payment methods gt gt Add info page gt Manage products Latest comments amp reviews gt Manage categories ca Last viewed items gt Site layout Quick Search _Search product or choose Administration interface The top menu The top menu is a set of tabs each of which represents a certain aspect of store operation The tabs are Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content and Affiliate Click on a tab and you will see the administration sections of this tab The main content area The main content area is displayed in the center All actions are performed in this area from setting system options to controlling affiliate payouts Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 23 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The bottom panel The bottom panel contains a search section and the Last view
111. ADE _ NAME Also it is possible to cancel the changes one by one and return to previous versions Let s consider the process in more detail You will be asked to enter License number on the Upgrade Center page if you haven t done this when installing the software Also note that upgrade center settings must be adjusted on the page Administration gt Settings gt Upgrade center Enter your license number and click on the ave button Upgrade center Please enter your CS Cart license number License number Save Upgrade center Once the license number is entered you will see an upgrade package or packages available for you at the moment There will be given all the necessary information upgrade version release date filesize package contents files included in the package and a list of bugfixes and improvements To start the installation click on the Install button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 283 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Upgrade center refresh packages list settings Upgrade 2 0 3 2 0 4 Version 2 0 4 Release date 05 29 2009 13 06 Filesize 1 101 Kb Package contents FILE uc override php Bl jsfcc_validator s jsfdesign mode s jsfcore s js picker s s previewer S jsfleuploader_scripts s Ei This update fixes all bugs found since CS Cart 2 0 3 and adds minor improvements Database restore ability to restore several dumps at once is added Copyright n
112. Allow to create shipments in Administration gt Settings gt General to allow the administrator to create shipments A list of created shipments is given on the page Shipments If there is a great number of shipments in your store you can use the search section to limit the search results You can search by customers who placed the order and order IDs To make the search results more precise click on Advanced search option The search form will be expanded and you will be able to search by the following parameters e Shipment day the date when the shipment was created e Order date the date when the order was placed e Shipped products products assigned to the shipments Moreover the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use Just set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the _ 8 8 button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top near the page title Shipments The following information is provided for each shipment Select column Shipment ID identification number of the shipment Order ID identification number of the order for which the shipment is created Shipment date date when the shipment was created Order date date when the order was placed Customer customer who placed the order and to whom products are shipped Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 52
113. CLUDE ASSOCIATED MEDIA PRINTED MATERIALS AND ONLINE OR ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTATION COLLECTIVELY THE SOFTWARE BY USING THE SOFTWARE YOU SIGNIFY YOUR AGREEMENT TO ALL TERMS CONDITIONS AND NOTICES CONTAINED OR REFERENCED HEREIN IF YOU ARE NOT WILLING TO BE BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT DO NOT INSTALL OF USE THE SOFTWARE 1 LICENSE GRANT The author grants to wou and you accept a limited non exclusive and non transferable license to use the Software You agree to use the Software only as authorized in this License Agreement This License I accept CS Cart Software License Agreement lt Previous Next gt License agreement If you launch the installation wizard again you will be asked to enter the authentication code and choose whether it will be a new installation or only skins will be reinstalled The authentication code will be displayed at the final step of the first installation Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 14 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 2 Checking Requirements This phase checks your PHP and MySQL configuration and checks for PHP CURL Support on your server If all tests are passed you should click the Next button Otherwise contact your server administrator PHP information isplay gt gt Click on the Display link to view the current state of PHP Displa PHP version CS Cart requires PHP version 5 1 0 or higher 12 0 OK MySQL support ae PHP is required to be compiled
114. CS Cart com The Events form contains the search section a list of the events You can search for the necessary event by the following parameters Title the descriptive name of the event Owner name of the event author Subscriber event participant to whom the notification of the event can be sent To make the search results more accurate click on Advanced search options and you will be able to search by the following parameters Status whether the event has already occurred Finished it is in progress In progress or it is being awaited Awaiting Type shows whether the event is public available to all customers or private available only to the owner and users included in participant list of this event or whether the event is disabled not accessible to customers Period period of validity choose among the specified periods or set a date range After any of the fields ts filled in click on Search The list of existing events is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column Title the descriptive name of the event Start date the first day of the event End date the last day of the event Status the processing stage of the event Type shows whether the event is available to all customers public or it is a restricted event and available only to the owner and participants private or whether the event is not accessible to cus
115. CS Cart com The Product groups section contains the following columns Select column Position ordinal number of the group in the storefront Step which step this product group is assigned to Group name the name of the group Default configuration products products that constitute the product group Required if the check box is enabled then when a customer composes a product in the storefront he she is required to buy something from this product group In this section you can specify the product s that will be represented as Recommended in the storefront To do this you need to select the product s and click on the Save button If you make any changes click on Save to save the changes To delete a product group tick off the necessary group click on Delete selected a For more information about configurable products see Catalog gt Product configurator In the Attachments tab you see a list of the attachments to the product The name of the attachment and its status Active or Disabled are given in the list General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Block manager 4ddons Features Tags Attachments Reguired products Reward points Attachment 1 edit Active Add attachment Attachments Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 117 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To delete an attachment click on mark of the entry you want to delete To
116. Check box select box multiple check boxes Select box select box number extended or Others text number date Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 125 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you select the extended type you will be able to define some additional fields for the variants of the feature image description page title URL META description META keywords Group choose whether the feature belongs to some features group or not If a feature is assigned to a group the options Product Catalog pages can be set only for the whole group but not a separate feature Product tick off to display the feature on a product page Catalog pages tick off to display the feature on catalog pages pages with a list of products Prefix an affix that precedes the feature value Suffix an affix that follows the feature value If you make any changes click on the Save button to save the changes to the database The alternative values of the additional fields can be changed in the tab Variants If you edit the existing variants remember to click on the Save button to save the changes Editing product feature Manufacturer General Yariants POS VARIANT 0 Adidas x 10 Nike x z0 Reebok x 20 Sony i gt ba Save jor cancel Editing product feature Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 126 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new variant cl
117. Configs Type Code 128 B Output Portable Network Graphics PNG Text Enabled Height px AO Vath px 250 Resolution fi 2 3 Text Font MiOe2 3s 0405 Barcode prefix FracScpaa specification Code 1240 is a high density barcode symbology Used extensively worldwide Code 1240 is designed to encode 145 full ASCII characters Code 140 4 0 9 4 7 ASCII control codes special characters Code 140 6 0 9 A a z special characters Code 128 0 00 99 double density encoding of numeric only data f Save or cancel Order barcode Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 248 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Polls addon is designed to carry out surveys and polls Here you define two parameters for this addon Votes on page the number of votes on a page Answers on page the number of answers on a page Polls options General Votes on page ag Answers an Hage Oo Save or cancel Polls The Price list add on allows to generate the product catalog in PDF and XLS Excel formats In the section Table layout you can select what fields the price list will contain Using the horizontal arrows you can move items from the Available fields section to the Selected fields one and vice versa And to move the fields inside the Selected fields section use the vertical arrows Also you can select the parameter by which products in the price list will be sorted in the Sort by drop down field
118. Delete check box of the entry you want to delete click on Delete selected T The Comments and reviews feature can be removed from the Content tab You can do this in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 368 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 9 Affiliate The Affiliate addon is a built in tool that provides the ability to promote your online store with no other software required All you need to do is to place promotional banners with links to your store on your affiliates sites When customers click on the banner they are redirected to your store CS Cart automatically identifies the site which referred the customers and calculates the commissions for the affiliate if afterwards the customers buy some products Commissions can be set as a percentage from the sales or a flat rate The Affiliate addon allows you to create the 2nd 3rd and n tier commissions to reward your affiliates In an effort to advertise the store you can use text and graphical banners that can be attached not only to the store itself but also to a particular product category URL Furthermore this module gives you the ability to create banners displaying a single product or a set of products they will be displaying one by one in a random way The use of the Affiliate addon presupposes the existence of a new user type affiliate Affiliates can register by themselves on the affillate s authentication page
119. E Processors Required products Radiogroup Active edit delete Select all Unselect all Total items 7 f 10 Save or Delete selected Add group Product groups If you make any changes for example change the name of a group or disable enable a group click on Save To delete a group from the list tick off the check box opposite the entry you want to delete click on Delete selected To add a new group use the Add button Groups are components constituting the product For a computer it can be monitors motherboards memories printers etc Each group can be related to a certain step For instance printer is an optional product and is related to the Periphery components step while motherboard is one of the most important computer components so it is related to the Required products step If you click on the adit link you are redirected to the Editing group page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 142 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Product groups Editing group Memories General Products Name Memories Images Thumbnail Select a file or enter URL Local Server URL Delete image Alternative text memory Popup larger image Select a file or enter URL Local Server URL xDelete image Alternative text memory Full description Italic Group description lt spans lt br gt Top Memory Booster is designed to clean your
120. Every affiliate will have own Affiliate plan where you specify the commission rate define the minimum amount of payment and the period during which the affiliate gains profit from the customer etc Thus you can set up the most favorable conditions for the most valuable affiliates fu Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate Product groups Banners Flans Affiliates Approve commissions Pay affiliates Payouts Accounting History Affiliate 5 9 1 Product groups On this page you can create the so called Product groups consisting of different products categories and URLs to which text and graphic banners can be attached later on There are three tabs on Product groups page Group for categories Group for products URL Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 369 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Product groups Group for categories Group for products RL NAME CATEGORIES STATUS group category Monitors amp Projectors Music Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Add group for categories Group for categories In the Group for categories tab you see the following columns Select column Name name of the group Categories URLs to the categories that constitute the group Status status of the group Active or Disabled Click on Save if you make any changes To delete a group click on the delete link of the g
121. HTML catalog of static product and category pages Site map generation Breadcrumb trail Design amp Layout 100 template driven storefront and admin panel Easy integration to match current design Fully customizable design amp layout Extensive usage of AJ AX technologies minimizing screen refreshes Category product thumbnails and detailed images One page checkout Design blocks Visual template editor Visual language variables editor Catalog page Mini cart presence on all pages Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 7 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com e Addition of custom content pages via administration interface e Built in template editor e Changing storefront and admin logos via administration interface e Debug console displays a tree of templates for all pages Product Catalog features e Unlimited number of products categories e Product cloning e Unlimited category nesting e Bulk product category management e Ability to assign products to multiple categories e Featured products list and cross selling e Digital delivery system e Configurable products e Quantity discounts e Discount coupons e Membership based access to every category product Product Details e Unlimited product options w optional surcharges e Various display types for product options e HTML enriched product descriptions e Related products list e Customers also bought list e Unlimited product images e Product large image pop up Marketing amp Pr
122. Jan 5 10 Page 337 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Blocks ddons Form builder Form subrnit text Thank you for contacting us We ll answer you at first opportunity Edit in visual HTML editor E mail to no reply company org Form is secure SSL E POS NAME TYPE REQUIRED STATUS 0 Personal inform Header is Active 7 1 E mail E mail z Active x E First name Input field z Active x 5 Last name Input field m Active x 6 Phone Input field a Active z Country Countries list E Active 1i State province States list E Active x 13 Message Header p Active x 15 Subject Input field m Active x 20 Body Testarea m Active x Selectbox m Active gt o Fos Description Save or cancel To delete a row click on You can delete all the entries except the last one Form builder Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 338 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you make any changes click on the Save button To cancel the changes click on the cancel button 5 8 1 4 Polls With the Polls addon you can create surveys and polls and place them on your website This will allow you to get answers to the questions that matter to you and your customers to express themselves The following tabs are displayed for a poll General Blocks Addons Poll Questions Poll statistics kid The Blocks tab is displayed only if the Blocks addon is enabled in Administration gt Bl
123. L Local Server URL Delete image Alternative text BOOOYSoMGSM O1 As91P Popup larger image optional displayed in popup window Select a file or enter URL Local Server URL Atternative text BOOO FOMOS 01 A391F xDelete image Editing product Name product name Main category choose in what category the product will be displayed Price product price in your store Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 9O of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The currency of price is displayed in round brackets after the field name for example Price or Price Full description full description of the product with no length limit which is shown in the Description tab on the product details page in the storefront T If you do not enter any text in the Short description field the first 300 characters of the Full description field will be used as a short product description T This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor Status status of the product Active the product is available for customers in the storefront Hidden the product can be accessed by customer only by following the direct link Disabled the product cannot be accessed by customers Images Images are defined in pairs Thumbnail and Popup larger image To select an image on a local computer or a server use Local or Serve
124. Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 313 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Filling filling of the list Options among which you can choose depend on what you set in the Block content field For example if Block content is set to Products you will be able to choose among the following e Manually you add the items to the list manually e Newest the newest products of the store will be displayed in the list e Recently viewed products recently viewed by customers will be displayed in the list e Bestsellers bestsellers of the store will be displayed in the list e Rating products with the highest ratings will be displayed in the list Position define where on the page the block will be displayed on the left on the right in the center at the top or at the bottom Appearance type define how it will be displayed Text links Multicolumns Links thumb Sidebox first item Small items Without image Scroller Scroller2 The types among which you can choose depend on the settings listed above Wrapper choose a design template for the block wrapper four options are given 5 7 5 Appearance settings See the chapter Admimnistration gt Settings gt Appearance 5 7 6 Quick links Quick links are the links displayed in the top right corner in the storefront by following which the customer can quickly go to some important pages in the store A list of these links is given on the page If you change the link
125. Lower limit lower quantity limit number for example from 1 item 5 from 5 items 4 from 10 items 3 User group name of the user group e g Bronze Click on the Users link on the right and you will see the fields that can be imported for users Users E mail user s e mail Login user s login User type user type A administrator C customer P affiliate S supplier Active whether the user Is active Y or N User group ID number Password password encoded with md5 Title user s title Mr Ms First name user s first name Last name user s last name Company name of the company Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 278 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Fax fax number Phone user s phone Web site Tax exempt whether the tax Is imposed on the customer or not Y tax Is not imposed N tax is imposed Registration date date when the user registered in the format month day year 12 25 2005 Language two letter language code EN Billing title Billing first name Billing last name Billing address Billing address line 2 Billing city Billing state Billing country two letter country code e g US it can be found in the first column on the Manage countries page Billing zipcode Shipping title Shipping first name Shipping last name Shipping address Ship
126. MD MB 1 2 3 4 5 Group amp Motherboard x Compatible classes O AMD MB 1 2 3 4 5 M AMD Processors 1 2 3 4 5 HDD IDE 6 7 8 9 10 T HOD SATA f1 2 3 4 5 Hynix Memories 6 7 8 9 10 Intel MB 6 7 8 9 10 I intel Memories 12345 T intel Processors 6 7 0 9 10 Status amp Active Disabled Save jor cancel Editing class In the General tab given the following information Name name of the class Group to which group this class belongs Compatible classes select other classes the products of which are compatible with the products of this class For example the products of class Intel Processors are compatible with the products of class Intel Motherboard Status status of the class Active or Disabled In the tab Products you select the products of this class o The Configurator feature can be removed from the top menu You can do this in Administration gt Addons To add a new configurable product click on the add configurable product link under the page title and you are redirected to the New product page where after filling in the necessary fields you create a new product Also you are allowed to see all configurable products clicking on the show all configurable products link in the right hand menu After that you are redirected to the Products page where only configurable products are displayed Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 146 of 409 C
127. MTP password Use SMTP authentication sendmail settings Path to sendmail program Save or cancel News amp emails Click on Save to save the changes to the database You are provided with ability to add a barcode to your invoices A barcode is a machine readable representation of information in a visual format Barcodes stored data in the widths and spacings of printed parallel lines Barcodes on the invoices will contain information about the orders Using the Order Barcode tab you can edit parameters of your barcode and consequently change its view The tab contains three sections Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 246 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Image barcode view Configs here you can define barcode parameters and choose its type Specification additional information about barcode types In the Configs section you can define the parameters in the following fields Type choose barcode type Output choose barcode output Text enable or disable the text under barcode Height px define barcode height Width px define barcode width Resolution choose resolution Text Font choose text font Barcode prefix an affix that precedes the barcode number If you make any changes click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 247 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Order barcode options EJ General Image FF 45CK996123456769
128. R_SKIN customer directory of your CS Cart installation Find the following part of code the code may vary a bit depending on the skin lt p class bottom copyright class gt lang copyright amp copy if smarty const TIME date_format Y I settings Company company _start_year settings Company company _start_year if smarty const TIME date_format Y settings Company company_name amp nbsp lang powered_by lt a href http www cs cart com target _blank class underlined gt lang cscart_shopping_cart lt a gt lt p gt and replace http www cs cart com with your link Save the file Also you should change the cscart_shopping_cart language variable which describes the link text You are able to edit the language variables under the Translations tab on the Languages page the link to this page is in the Content tab in your Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 399 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com administration area Enter cscart_shopping_ cart without quotes into the Search for pattern input field and click on the Search button on the page Edit the language variable which includes this text and click on the Save button at the bottom to save the changes How can I change the meta tags for the website They can be edited on the Site layout page the link to this page is in the Design tab in the admin panel of your CS Cart installation Also there is an ability to de
129. S Cart com Add new combination Combination Clothing Size Mens Small 34 36 Color Aquatic Blue Black Cardinal Denim n Disregard Create Disabled New combination In exception combination each option can have disregard or disable values Disregard means that the option does not affect the exception combination For instance if size option has Disregard value and color option is defined as BLACK in customer area the BLACK variant will be disabled only and all sizes will be available for other color variants Disable means that the option will be disabled if other exception conditions are met For example if size option has Disabled value and color option is specified as BLACK in customer front end size option will be disabled if BLACK is selected If you click on the Option combinations link you are taken to the Inventory page If you click on the rebuild combinations link all available combinations will be displayed on the page Select column Combination combination of product options and its code Images product thumbnail and popup larger image You can choose both Additional option thumbnail and Popup larger image You can download an image from a local computer or a server or enter a direct link to the image Also you can specify an alternative text T If you modify any option affecting the variant combinations the
130. STATUS CUSTOMER DATE TOTAL 10 Completed Joy Nicholas 03 18 2009 16 15 hol edit delete 9 Completed Joy Nicholas 03102009 18 08 27 99 edit delete Add orders Save or cancel Orders To delete an order from the list click on delete of the entry you want to delete Statuses of orders This is where you can set up the statuses of the orders you want to analyze whether it is backordered completed declined failed cancelled open processed Tick off the check box of the status es and click on Save The Payment methods tab contains a list of all defined payment methods Select column Payment payment method Processor payment gateway defined for the payment method User group All is set up by default If you place or remove a check mark click on Save to save the changes With the help of the Locations tab you can select the destination s Choose the destination tick off its check box and click on Save This means that orders that have been placed by customers from the selected destination zone s will be selected as chart conditions Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 47 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To make an analysis of orders placed by certain users select them in the Users section Click on Add users and specify the necessary users in the pop up section To delete a user click on delete mark of the entry you want to delete The
131. Select button and set the coordinates on the Google map Localization select localization s for which the store location will be displayed T The Localization field is displayed only if at least one item is defined in Shipping taxes gt Localizations Editing store location Shop Green Street General Mame Shap Green Street Position a0 Description Edit in visual HTML editor Country Canada City Ottawa Coordinates lat x long 45 5832897560062 x 74 53125 Select Localization Europe l To select more than one entry left click the tem with the mouse while holding down the CTRL key To unselect an ttem left click the item again with the mouse while holding down the CTRL key Save Or cancel Editing store location Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 362 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new store location click on the Add store location button and fill in the necessary fields in the pop up section Add store locations 5 8 9 SEO rules This is one more feature allowing to make your store URLs more friendly for search engines namely simplify URLS and make them shorter Moreover with the provided multi language support your shopping cart will be indexed by web crawlers in different languages Here you can change URLs for different pages of the store J ust define which URL Should be edited and enter a new value for it For instance events search can be replaced wi
132. The instructions below are about CS Cart installation on a hosting server accessible on the Internet If you would like to make a CS Cart installation on your local computer desktop please download the How to install CS Cart on a local computer manual on the File area page in our Customer Help Desk http helpdesk cs cart com and skip chapter 3 2 in this manual Briefly CS Cart installation includes the following steps 1 extracting the software distribution package and uploading the files to a web server 2 setting file access permissions 3 creating a MySQL database 4 running the Installation Wizard The first step is to uncompress the CS Cart distribution package the cscart_vX X X tgz or cscart_vX X X zip file anywhere under your web server directory On a WINDOWS based server you can do it with any TAR or ZIP compatible archive software On a UNIX based server with terminal access to it please run one of the following commands depending on the package file format tar xzvf cscart_vX X X tgz or unzip cscart_ vX X X Zip T Most versions of control panel have the so called file manager that allows to unpack a TGZ or ZIP archive by one click If none of the ways listed above works for you you should uncompress the distribution package on your local computer using any TAR or ZIP compatible archive software e g WinRAR http www rarlab com rar wrar370 exe and upload all the files to your ser
133. This can be used to check a telephone number postal code date etc If the option type is file it means that a file can be uploaded by a customer for this product It is especially useful for customizable products like T shirts mugs or postcards where a customer can use his own graphic image For option of the file type you can specify the following additional parameters Required if enable it is mandatory to upload a file Allowed extension leave this field empty to allow uploading of all file types or input allowed extensions separated by comma e g Jpg omp gif pdf Max uploading file size leave this field empty to allow uploading of files of any size or limit the file size 100 is equal to 100 Kb Multiupload if enabled customers can upload several files The Variants tab allows to define option variants T Variants are not available for Text Textarea and File types Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 102 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Editing option Color El General Yariants POS NAME MODIFIER TYPE WEIGHT MODIFIER TYPE STATUS H 10 Ash 0 000 s c oo0 Ibs gt Active HI Extra x 120 Aquatic Blue 1 000 0 000 lbs Active H Extra x 170 Black 1000 o o00 7 Ibs gt Active H Extra x 280 Cardinal 1 000 o o00 Ibs gt Active Extra x 330 Denim 1 000 s o ooo Ibs Active HExtra x i i Ibs gt Active E HEdta bal
134. Top 10 Products Position co Status amp Active Disabled Charts D POS NAME TYPE VALUE TO DISPLAY E 10 Top 10 Products Items Sold Graphic Pie gt The number of products gt edit delete D 20 Top 10 Products Cast Graphic Bar Froduct costs bd edit delete D 30 Top 10 Products Cost monthly Table gt Product casts gt edit delete T 40 Top 10 Products Items Sold monthly Table The number of products edit delete Save or Delete selected Add chart Edit report If you want to edit the chart click on the edit link You will be taken to the page with the following tabs General Orders Statuses of orders Payment methods Locations Users Categories Products In the General tab you define the chart parameters while options of the other tabs allow to set chart conditions and thereby restrict the chart data The General tab contains Name name of the chart Position ordinal number of the chart Type type of chart representation table bar pie pie 3D Object to analyze an object that is analyzed with the chart Value to display it is what is figured in the chart parameters according to which analysis is fulfilled Time interval periods that are analyzed day week month year Date range period of time over which analysis is carried out Limit max number of chart components Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 45 of 409 Copyright 20
135. able Action action for which the commissions are charged Date date and time of commission charge Cost the amount charged Customer customer s IP address customer s full name is displayed if s he registered in the store Affiliate the affiliate to whom the commissions are charged Banner banner that was displayed or through which the customer came and fulfilled the action Additional data here the information about orders products coupons URL is displayed Status the processing stage of the commissions charged wy If the commissions charged for one and the same action but for different affiliates are displayed on the same page then such commissions are combined grouped for illustration purposes Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 390 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 9 6 Pay affiliates All the affiliates waiting for payment are displayed on this page Here you can process their payments The page consists of two sections Search form a list of all affiliates Pay affiliates affiliate system settings Payment amount Payments with minimum release level only Due payments only 1 week C r Search Total items 1 10 USERNAME AFFILIATE AMOUNT OF APPROVED ACTIONS AMOUNT OF ACTIONS AWAITING APPROVAL DATE OF LAST PAYMENT T attliate Affliate 4 00 details 1 00 details details Select all Unselect all Total items 1 10
136. able permissions for the files and directories to the user with the IUSER_ComputerName account Another possible reason for Internal Server Error is that some directives of the CS Cart htaccess file are not supported by your web server Try to rename the htaccess file located in the root directory of your CS Cart installation to something else If CS Cart pages are displayed properly after that contact your server administrator provide him with the content of the CS Cart htaccess file and ask him to let you know what directives are not supported on your server When we install the CS Cart software what exactly should be filled in the Server host name and Server host directory fields at the I nstallation Wizard It is required to enter the name of the website and the directory on it if applicable on which you are installing CS Cart For instance if your online store should be accessible via URL http www my_site com shop then value of the Server host Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 397 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com name field must be www my_site com without HTTP prefix and value of the Server host directory one must be shop it is required NOT to have the sign at the end of the path These fields are filled in automatically according to the URL of the Installation Wizard Script We need to put an extra protection to our administration side and want to put admin php into another directory How
137. able with the following columns Username unique name identifying the user Affiliate full name of the affiliate Account balance commission amount that was approved but not yet paid out Last payout amount of last payout AVG payout average amount that was paid out Total payouts total amount paid out to the affiliate In the column a blue line is displayed next to the largest total payout The other lines are painted in such a way that they show the correlation to the largest payout Accounting History Total items 2 10 USERNAMET AFFILIATE ACCOUNTBALANCE LAST PAYOUT AVG PAYOUT TOTAL PAYOUTS Affiliate affiliate Affliate 0 00 35 00 3 00 3 00 DE view history To Tom Green 40 00 2 00 2 00 q2 00 E view history Total items 2 10 Accounting history To view the history of the affiliate click on view history You are redirected to the Payouts page tis For more information see the chapter Payouts Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 395 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com FAQ D What operating system is preferable for CS Cart installation Windows or Unix like Linux FreeBSD RedHat Although CS Cart works well on Windows and Unix like operating systems Linux FreeBSD RedHat we strongly recommend installing CS Cart on Linux FreeBSD or RedHat ones The main reasons for our recommendation are stable work of CS Cart on a Unix like operating system it is more secure and allows more flexi
138. affiliates page you can view all your affiliates accounts and approve or decline new accounts The page contains two sections Search a list of all affiliate accounts With the search form you can search for the affiliates accounts by name company e mail By clicking on Advanced search options you will expand the search form and will be able to specify additional parameters username address city zip postal code country state province status of the affiliate affiliate plan Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 385 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com rT ID USERNAME E 4 affiliate O 35 To Select all Unselect all pooo Save or Choose action J NAME Afiliate Affiliate Tom Green T REGISTERED 07202006 11 47 03 20 2009 17 40 Affiliates STATUS Approved Awaiting approval Total items 2 f 10 PLAN Test plan dit No edit Total items 2 f 10 The list of all affiliate accounts is represented as a table with the following columns Select column ID affiliate identification number Username a unique name identifying the user Name full name of the user Registered date and time of registration Status whether the affiliate is already approved awaiting approval or declined Plan name of the plan If you make any changes click on Save To approve decline an affiliate put a tick mark for the necessary affiliate or af
139. age and you are taken to the page with a list of all campaigns carried on in your store This feature can considerably simplify managing store newsletters as any newsletter can be assigned to a campaign So this makes it easy to keep track of all the newsletters Also on the Campaigns page you will be able to view the campaign statistics newsletters of the campaign and the number of clicks on the links in the newsletters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 355 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Newsletters campaigns Add campaign Total items 1 7 10 NAME STATUS E Advertising campaign Active Campaign statistics Total items 1 10 Save Delete selected Add campaign Campaigns The name of the campaign and its status are presented on the page To delete a campaign tick it off and click on the Delete selected button To add a new campaign use the Add campaigns button To save the changes in the database click on the Save button To cancel the changes click on the cancel link By following the Campaign statistics link you go to the page where the newsletters assigned to the campaign are listed Also there you will see the number of clicks made by customers on the links of these newsletters 5 8 6 Mailing lists Mailing list is a register of names and addresses to which advertising matter of the store is sent by electronic mail The Mailing lists feature allows you to build mailing lists for yo
140. age in the storefront VT This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p Status status of the link Active Hidden or Disabled SEO Meta data Page title you can define any title that will be displayed in the browser when viewing the page in the storefront META description a specific Meta Tag description for this page META keywords specific Meta Tag keywords for this page Availability User groups user groups for which the page is available i e the users signed up for the selected groups have access to this page Created date date of the page creation Use available period if ticked off the page will be available only during the time specified Available from the first day when the page is available Available till the last day when the page is available ey The only required parameters are Name and Status You can leave any other fields blank if you wish so After the necessary parameters are changed added click on the Save button to save the changes to the database There is the ability to preview the created page by following the URL in the Preview box on the right Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 329 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Blocks tab is also displayed in the Editing page form The blocks that were created in the Pages tab in Design gt Blocks are repres
141. ail subject the subject of the e mail which is sent to customers automatically and which notifies them of the processing stage of the orders E mail header the header of the e mail which is sent to customers automatically and which notifies them of the processing stage of the orders tis This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 49 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Notify customer tick off if you want to inform customers that the status of their order has changed to this one Notify orders department tick off if you want to inform the store administrator that the status of the order has changed to this one Inventory the value of this field shows whether this order decreases or increases the product quantity Remove CC info if ticked off the credit card information is removed from the database Pay order again if ticked off a customer can pay for the order again in case the previous attempt failed Allow return registration if enabled customers can register return of products functionality of the RMA addon in the storefront for the orders with this status Notify supplier tick off if you want to inform suppliers that the status of the order has changed to this one Change gift certificate status to choose the status a gift certificate will have if the order acquires this p
142. alia Australia Australa Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia t Australan Capital Territory New South Wales Northern Territory Queensland South Australia Tasmania victoria Western Australia Canada Alberta Canada British Columbia States You can also add locations by zip code using the Zip Postal code section You are allowed to use wildcards in this field any single character any number of characters For example 98 778 corresponds to 98178 98278 98378 98478 98578 98678 98778 98878 98978 98078 12 corresponds to 12345 12876 12098 etc If you need to input several separate zip code entries you must enter them in Separate rows For example to enter 12345 65327 and 94432 you should do the following enter 12345 press Enter enter 65327 press Enter enter 94432 press Enter Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 188 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Zip Postal codes You are able to use wildcards in this field any single character any number of characters Example 98778 corresponds to 98878 98370 989795 etch 12 corresponds to 12345 12876 12098 etc Zip Postal codes You can add a city as a location by using the City section It is permitte
143. and password to use them at the next installation step The last major installation step is running the CS Cart Installation Wizard In your browser go to the following URL http www my_site com install replace my_site com with your site s URL Now you should follow the Installation Wizard The installation progress is shown in the Installation steps box on the left Installation steps License agreement Checking requirements Host and database settings Installing database Outlook settings Installing skins Summary Installation steps Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 13 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 1 License Agreement Please read the license agreement If you accept its statements select the I accept CS Cart Software Agreement check box and click on the Next button Copyright 2004 2009 5 Cart com All rights reserved F CS LART SOPTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT CS Cart 15 commercial software only users who have purchased a walid license through http www cs cart com or an authorized Cart reseller http ww CS cart comauthorized resellers html and accepted the terms of this License Agreement can use this computer program THIS CS CART SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN WOU AND YOUR COMPANY CCOLLECTIVELY YOU AND CS CART COM HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE AUTHOR FOR THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT IDENTIFIED ABOVE WHICH INCLUDES COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND MAY IN
144. and reviews options you can manage discussions of Products Categories Orders News Gift registry Topics Pages Testimonials Comments and reviews options General Products Posts per page 10 Administrator must approve Any customer posts submitted by Only one post from one IP E is allowed send notifications to this e mall Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 239 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com break Testimonials l Posts per page 10 Adminstrator must approve Any customer posts submitted by Only one post trom one IP r is allowed Send notifications to this e mail Number of entries in the 1 Testimonials box Save or cancel Comments and reviews Each theme of the discussion Products Categories Orders News Gift registry Topics Pages Testimonials has its own set of parameters that can be changed These parameters are Posts per pages the number of posts displayed on one page Administrator must approve posts submitted by you select whether the administrator must approve posts submitted by any customer only anonymous customers or no approval is needed at all Only one post from one IP is allowed you enable this option if you want that only one post can be sent from one IP Send notifications to this E mail here you enter an e mail address to which the notification of a pos
145. answer if it presupposes customer s comments Click on the link and you will be able to view comments given by the customer and date and time they were posted 5 8 2 Languages The CS Cart software includes the ability for users to translate text labels into their own languages It could be achieved by assigning values to the language variables Specifying the available languages could be done by using the Languages form This form contains two tabs Translations Languages Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 344 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com La n g L ag es Add language variable Add language translate privileges Translations Languages Search for pattern Fa Search Goto page 1 previous 12 34567 8 325 next Totalitems 3242 10 E LANGUAGE VARIABLE VALUE 3dsecure j0secure Translations A list of language variables is presented in the Translations tab The data Is given in a table with the following columns Select column selects the language variable Variable name of the language variable it is used in tpl files Value value of the language variable value that is displayed in the administration panel and customer area o You can change the number of language variables displayed per page as explained in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Elements per page There is an ability to go directly to the desired page Just enter the number of th
146. arch options Search in Product name Short description L Subcategories Full description Keywords search by product code Tag Configurable Sales amount shipping freight hi Weight list Cluantity ae Free shipping Status Fopularity Search Search for products Basic search options are Find results with Available options e Any of these words search for any entered word e All of these words search for all entered words in any order e The exact phrase search for the exact entered phrase Price Specify a price range in which the search will be performed Search in category This field allows you to define the location of the product s you are looking for For example to search for orders in all categories choose the item All categories in this select box or select categories Ssubcategories in which the search will be done Advanced search options allow you to specify additional advanced search criteria Search in e Product name Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 33 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com e Full description e Short description e Keywords e Subcategories Search by product code you search by a unique product code Tag search by the product tag Configurable select whether the product is configurable or not Sales amount specify an interval for the sold items Shipping freight speci
147. arch results Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 294 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Also the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top 5 6 13 Webmail Internet commerce always involves a great number of emails and notifications of different kind And it appears to be not very convenient to use a separate third party webmail application to handle all the mail That is why we implemented MailBee Webmail and now provide a built in email application with an advanced set of functions With CS Cart s webmail you can read e mails in a safe way reply forward compose new e mails in plain text or HTML mode attach multiple files to e mails manage e mails using folders schedule your time manage your contacts and do much more in flexible and completely customizable environment Login Information Email Login Password Incoming ae POPS Port 110 SMTP Server Port 25 W Use SMTP authentication Sign me in automatically Standard Login Enter Login information To start managing your mail you need to log in first Standard and Advanced login is possible The following fields are to be filled in Email the address others will reply to when they are respo
148. articular order status If you make any changes click on the Save button to save them in the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 50 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Editing status Completed General Name Completed Status C E mail subject has been completed E mail header Your order has been completed Thank you for choosing us Edit in visual HTML editor Notity customer Notify orders department Inventory Decrease Remove CC info al Pay order again a Allow return registration Iw Change gift certificate Active status to Notify supplier a Save or cancel Order statuses Some statuses are already defined but you can add your own statuses using the a Add status J button To delete a status default statuses cannot be deleted click on the delete link of the status you want to delete Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 51 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 2 4 Shipments The shipment functionality gives you the ability to ship an order products of the order in different batches and on different periods Such batches will be treated as separate shipments of one order For example in stock items can be shipped immediately after the order is placed Any backordered items in the order can be Shipped separately at a later date T Shipments are created in the Shipping information section on the Viewing order page w It is necessary to enable the option
149. asions events in your life for example weddings birthdays holidays etc You can attach the link to the product s you want to receive as present s to the notification And your friends can easily find them Customers as well as administrator can create such events in the Storefront If the customers subscribe their friends to this or that occasion then the event participants are notified of it by e mail The message sent to the event participants contains links to the products that are wanted as gifts The Events link is displayed in the side box only if Gift Registry is enabled in Administration gt Addons ey To display the Events side box in the customer storefront it is necessary that a block with the content Events is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Events ER All E Add event custom event fields Title Owner Subscriber Search Advanced search options Status sit Type ae gt Period All Select dates E E Search Save this search as Name Save Total items 4 10 L THEE START DATE END DATE STATUS TYPE Wedding 05 01 2009 05 30 2009 In progress Public edit delete Ti Prom O6 04 20049 05 12 2009 In progress Public edit delete C Birthday 050672009 05 15 2009 Awaiting Private edit delete i Christening 05 18 2009 05 01 2009 Awaiting Public edit delete Total items 4 10 Delete selected Add event Events Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 165 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010
150. ast Revised Jan 5 10 Page 266 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Database logs php information Backup Restore Maintenance Current database size 1 786 448 bytes Optimize database Maintenance At the top you will see two links Logs PHP information Using the PHP information link you can view the PHP details After clicking on the Logs link you will be taken to the Logs page where you can keep record of some kinds of actions in your CS Cart such as update of a user creation of a new order etc The log files are stored in the file system If you want to find some log files you can do it using the Logs page For example if a product was deleted from the database by someone else e g by another administrator you can search for the registration of this deletion using the Logs feature A log file of such type keeps information on deletion date and on a doer of the action big You can define what type of action will be logged by CS Cart in the Logging section of the Settings page a If there exists no log file of the fulfilled action please check whether logging of this type of action is enabled in the Logging section of the Settings page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 267 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 5 Credit cards The Credit cards feature allows you to specify the types of credit cards that you accept On the page a list of all cr
151. atabase Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 255 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com SEO requires URL manipulation engine mod_rewrite or isapi_rewrite options al General Product page SEF URL product_name html format Category SEF URL format parent_item_name Jitem_name page 2 Use single URL forall C languages Show language in the URL C Act as HTML catalog O HTML catalog is generated automatically when a customer clicks on the link for the first time Note that all dynamic blocks will be removed lf products categories etc were updated you need to clean up the catalog Please note HTML catalog wont work if isapl rewrite is used Save or cancel SEO settings SEO requires Apache mod_rewrite installed This module Search Engine Optimization is aimed at those who cares for promotion of their sites in search engines such as Google Such systems sense static pages much more easily than dynamic that is why the module automatically turns dynamic page URLs into static ones The dynamic page URLs of the following objects will be turn into static ones product category CMS site info SEO is also concerned with advancing the goals of a website by improving the number and position of its search results for a wide variety of relevant keywords Enable the module in order to optimize the site Product page SEF URL format choose the URL type of the product static pages Category SEF URL format
152. ated date the date when the product information has been added to the database Avail since date starting from which the product becomes available for customers Buy in advance if ticked off customers can buy the product in advance even if it is not available at the moment i e Avail since is set to a later date Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 95 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Extra Feature comparison E Downloadable C Localization Europe al To select more than one entry left click the tem with the mouse while holding down the CTRL key To unselect an ttem left click the tem again with the mouse while holding down the CTRL key short description Edit in visual HTML editor Popularity T Save or cancel Editing product Feature comparison tick off if you want that customers can add the product to a comparison list ey To be able to view the feature comparison list in the customer storefront it is necessary that a block with the content Feature comparison is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Downloadable tick off this check box if the product Is electronically distributed If this option is enabled additional check boxes will also appear e Enable shipping for downloadable product tick off this check box if there is a component in the electronically distributed product which requires shipping such aS a Manual book for a software product e Time unlim
153. ates per page Allow to use free products Allow to redeem shipping cost with git certificate Save or cancel Gift Certificate You can define the following parameters of the Gift Certificates addon Minimal amount here you define the minimal gift certificate amount possible in the store Maximal amount define the maximal certificate amount possible in the store Amount step step of the specified interval If Amount step is set to 50 Minimal amount is set to 100 and Maximal amount to 1000 the defined amounts will be displayed in the following way 100 150 200 250 950 1000 Note It will be much more convenient if the above settings are specified GC Code prefix here you define the prefix of your store certificates this is just for the convenience of the administrator and for sake of illustration Gift certificates per page the number of gift certificates displayed per page Allow to use free products if this check box is disabled free products cannot be attached to a certificate Allow to redeem shipping cost with gift certificate if the check box is enabled customers can use gift certificates to pay the shipping Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 242 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Using the Gift Registry section you can modify some parameters of the event For example you can allow only registered customers to create events and define the number of
154. be shown with their subcategories Show only root level categories links in the Categories section tick off to display only root level categories Show the Site info section tick off to display the Information section namely links to all information pages pages links forms polls of the store settings Site map show the Categories section a show only root level categories links in the Categories section E Show the Site info section Iw Save Sitemap After making the desired changes click on Save 5 6 1 12 Thumbnails The Thumbnails option allows you to create thumbnails from detailed images automatically and to configure them in the storefront This option contains the following elements Create thumbnails from detailed images automatically Resize original thumbnail Product thumbnail width Product thumbnail height Category thumbnail width Category thumbnail height Thumbnail background color Thumbnail format JPEG format quality 0 100 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 229 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Thumbnails Create thumbnails fram detailed images automatically Resize original thumbnail Product thumbnail width Product thumbnail height Category thumbnail width Category thumbnail height Thumbnail background color Thumbnail format JPEG format quality 0 100 Save Thumbnails ff fff Same dS SOUPCe ou
155. ble control of file and directory permissions etc and other performance advantages have downloaded the CS Cart distribution package the cscart_vX X X tgz or cscart_vX X X zip file on the File area page in the Customer Help Desk How can I extract it The CS Cart distribution package is available in TGZ and ZIP formats There are the following possible methods to unpack the distribution package Directly on your server 1 Copy the downloaded CS Cart distribution package to the web directory of your server via FTP 2 Unpack it there through your website control panel most versions of control panels have the built in file manager that allows to unpack archives by one click or Use one of the following commands to extract the distribution package on a UNIX based server with terminal access to it If you downloaded the distribution package in the TGZ format use the following command tar xzvf cscart_vX X X tgz If you downloaded the distribution package in the ZIP format use the following command unzip cscart_vX X X zip On your local computer Copy the CS Cart distribution package to your local computer Extract the package by using any TAR or ZIP compatible software software e g WinRAR archiver download it here http www rarlab com rar wrar36b8 exe on your local computer and upload Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 396 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com all the files to the web directory
156. can align the image left right or center in the banner Show border tick off to display the borders of the banner Add to cart if this check box is enabled a customer is redirected to the store with the product already added to cart Open in new window put a tick if you want the link to be opened in a new window Status status of the banner Active available Disabled unavailable If you make any changes click on Save When you add a new product banner using the 4ddbanner button fill in all the fields defining what product information will be displayed in the banner how it will be aligned etc At any moment you can view what the banner will look like by using the Preview link In the appeared section you will see the Refresh banner link by clicking on which you will refresh the banner and it will display another product After you click on the amp reate button the banner will be created Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 378 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 9 3 Plans The Affiliate addon allows to create different advertising plans for different affiliates In each plan you define its own commission rates for different actions also you are provided with the ability to define commissions for products categories coupons and multi tier affiliates Thus you can set up the most favorable conditions for the most profitable affiliates Plans Add plan affiliate system
157. can we do it P Due to inner CS Cart structure it is impossible to move the admin php file to another directory and keep the CS Cart installation operational But there is an ability to rename the admin php file to something more complex Once the file is renamed you must make a change in the config local php file to support the new name you gave to the admin php file Change the following line in the config local php file located in the CS Cart root directory configl admin_index admin php to configl admin_index admin8765 php where admin8765 php is the name given to the admin php file Also you can enable the Enable secure connection in administrator area setting on the Settings page the link to this page is in the Administration tab in the admin panel of your CS Cart before that make sure your webserver supports a secure connection and restrict access to your panel using the Access restrictions addon How can I close my store for public In order to close your CS Cart for public log in to your CS Cart administration panel open the Administration tab and click on the Settings link Enter some value in the Key of access to temporarily closed store field and click on the Save button Then click on the Close store link in the bottom right corner of the administration panel The store will be closed for public but you will be able to enter the store by using the special URL For example if
158. cancel Editing data feed fields mapping To add a new row to the section click on To add a new row with identical values to an existing one clone link click on g To delete a row click on 5 7 Design You can manage the appearance of your store using the Design tab fu Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate Site layout Logos Design mode Blocks Appearance settings uick links Top menu Site map Template editor Skin selector Design Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 307 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 7 1 Site layout On this page you see two tabs General Testimonials The General tab contains four fields and one drop down select box Page title In this section you can edit the text to be displayed on the store home page enter the text that will be displayed on the home page in the storefront 9 This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor META description specific META TAG description for this page META keywords specific META TAG keywords for this page Testimonials here you disable or enable communication about the first page if it is enabled the Testimonials tab appears In the Testimonials tab the administrator can give a good reference to the store and his testimonial will be displayed on the Home page in the storefront ey If you want t
159. ch as Name Save Search section In the search pattern you can search for the posts by author of the message the message text type of discussion whether it is rating communication or both rating and communication rating To make the search results more accurate click on Advanced search options You will be able to specify IP address of the author the period of search choose any of the defined periods or define the period by yourself and specify whether the post is approved or not Also you can specify the way the search results will be displayed Using the Sort by option you can choose among 4 parameters Author Approved Date IP address by which the results will be sorted and specify the way of sorting ascending or descending For example if you choose Author and desc the search results will be sorted by author in descending order i e in alphabetical order Moreover the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click onthe Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 366 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Product reviews Category reviews Page comments Order communication Testimonials Gitt Registry guestbook News comments Total items 7 f 10 Anonymous IP addr
160. ck on Save to add the new dependence s To delete a dependence click on the delete link of the dependence To delete several entries at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected 5 5 2 Taxes The CS Cart shopping cart software allows taxes to be calculated automatically This can be configured using the Manage taxes form presenting the following parameters Taxes Add tax NAME REG NUMBER PRIORITY RATES DEPEND ON PRICE INCLUDES TAX STATUS E VAT 1234242 1 Shipping address m Active edit delete Save or Choose action Add tax Manage taxes Select column select the tax Tax name Reg number registration number for this tax in your store Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 178 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Priority order in which taxes should be imposed if more than one tax is applied Rates depend on this field specifies whether the tax rate depends on the Shipping or billing address for orders in which these are different Price includes tax place a check mark in this column if the product price listed in the catalog includes this tax already Status status of the tax Active or Disabled To apply taxes to all products place check marks in the Select boxes of all the taxes that you want to apply click on Choose action and select Apply selected taxes to all products Also the taxes ca
161. consisting of the following columns Select column selects newsletter Subject subject of the newsletter Date date and time when the newsletter was sent To delete a newsletter click on the delete link of the newsletter To delete several newsletters at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit a newsletter use the adit link and in the pop up section change the necessary parameters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 353 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a newsletter use the Add newsletter button and in the pop up section fill in the following fields Subject subject of the newsletter ey You cannot add a newsletter without entering its subject Random subjects one per line define several subjects and then subject for each e mail will be randomly picked from this list Plain text body message in clear text readable form HTML body newsletter body in HTML format 9 This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p The following variables can be used in the HTML body UNSUBSCRIBE_LINK SUBSCRIBER_EMAIL COMPANY NAME COMPANY ADDRESS COMPANY PHONE They will be automatically changed to the values defined in the settings Template load one of the existing newsletter templates if necessary Campaign select a ca
162. cription of the option that is available in the storefront Next to the option the symbol will be displayed by clicking on it customers will see the Specified description Comment insert a comment that will be displayed below the option in the storefront Editing option Color General Warlants Name amp Color Position i0 Inventory E Type Selectbox Description Edit in visual HTML editor Save or cancel Product options Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page LOL of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you add an option of text or textarea type you can specify additional parameters for it namely RegExp enter a regular expression that will validate the value entered by a customer For example if the field is set to a zA Z 3 0 9 2 3 then the customer will have to enter 3 letters and 2 or 3 figures Required if ticked off the option will be mandatory to fill in Inner hint a notice that is displayed in grey in the field and that gives a hint about what to enter Incorrect filling message the message that is displayed in case of incorrect filling of the field This may occur when a certain regular expression is set for the option For example if RegExp is set to a ZA Z 3 0 9 2 3 in this field you can enter the following Please enter 3 letters and 2 or 3 figures e g abc123 So if the customer enters an incorrect value s he will see the specified notification
163. ct details page in the storefront Thumbnail path to the image Detailed image path to the detailed image Products Product code Category path to the main category a b c List price product market price in 0 00 format Price product price in 0 00 format Status A active D disabled H hidden Quantity quantity in stock number Weight product weight in the unit of weight defined in the CS Cart admin panel it is los by default in CS Cart Min quantity Shipping freight shipping cost number Date added date when the product was added in the format month day year 12 25 2005 Downloadable whether the product can be downloaded Y or N Files full path to the file of the downloadable product Also only the file name can be specified if you fill in the Files directory field in the Import options section Several files must be delimited by comma file1 pdf file2 j pg Ship downloadable whether to calculate the shipping for a downloadable product Y or N Inventory tracking inventory tracking option d disable tracking b tracking with product options o tracking without product options Free shipping whether the product is shipped for free or not Y or N Feature comparison whether you can add this product to the compare list or not Y or N Zero price action zero price action option R means Do not allow to add
164. d order delete this return print slip Return 1 Date 04 10 2009 14 09 Action Replace item Status Requested Return products information Declined products information PRODUCT PRICE QUANTITY REASON Beng PE 210 Portable DLP Video 1 49999 1 Wlanufacturer defect Projector NEC Multisync LED1915 19 493 99 1 Wrong item delivered Decline products or Create gift certificate Comments Customer information p Recalculate order gt Do not recalculate order Notify customer Save Return info If you make some changes and want to notify the customer of them tick off the Notify customer check box and click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 64 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To calculate the order again taking into account the return request check the Recalculate order radio button click on Save f If you do not want to recalculate the order check the Do not recalculate order radio button Following the RMA reasons link on the right you go to the page where you can define the reasons which customers specify when they register the return Return requests B5 RMA reasons RMA actions RMA request statuses The following information is represented on the page Select column Position ordinal number Reason name of the reason Status status of the reason Active or Disabled If you make changes click on Save to save them to the database
165. d to use wildcards in this field any single character any number of characters For example New Y corresponds to New York New Yark etc L s corresponds to Las Vegas Los Angeles etc If you need to put several separate cities you must enter them in separate rows For example for entering Boston Chicago Atlanta you should do the following enter Boston press Enter enter Chicago press Enter enter Atlanta enter Enter Cities YOU are able to use wildcards in this field any single character any number of characters Example New corresponds to Mew ork Mew Yark etc L s corresponds to Las Vegas Los Angeles ett Cities You can add location addresses by using the Addresses section It is permitted to use wildcards in this field any single character any number of characters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 189 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com For example street corresponds to Ist street 102nd street etc If you need to put several values you must enter them in separate rows For example to enter Oak street Poplar street and Elm street you should do the following enter Oak street press Enter enter Poplar street press Enter enter Elm street press Ente
166. day when the payment should be made e g 5 Recurring price specify prices of the products that are bought under this recurring plan You can set the original price or give a discount e original original price of the product e to percentage of the original price the original price will be reduced to the specified percentage e by percentage of the original price the original price will be reduced by the specified percentage e to fixed amount the original price will be reduced to a fixed amount e by fixed amount the original price will be reduced by a fixed amount Recurring duration months subscription period in months Recurring start price product price in the initial period Recurring start duration duration of the initial period days or months Recurring note here you can leave a note for the recurring plan that will be displayed in the storefront Status status of the plan Active Disabled Allow customers to set up duration tick off to allow customers to set up the Subscription period by themselves Allow customers to unsubscribe tick off to allow customers to unsubscribe from the recurring plan In the Products tab you can assign products to the plan Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 69 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Products NAME 24 seasons 1 3 edit delete The Art of Computer Programming volumes 1 3 Boxed Set edit delete Add products
167. discounts Files Blocks 4ddons Features Tags Attachments Required products Reward points Additional images Additional thumbnails displayed on product details page in Additional images Alternative text Select a file or enter URL 4 NO IMAGE AVAILABLE Local Server URL Popup larger images of additional thumbnails displayad in popup window Alternative text Select a file or enter URL NO IMAGE AVAILABLE Local Server URL Save or cancel Images In the Secondary categories tab you can specify other categories and Subcategories to which the product belongs and where it will be displayed General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Blocks ddons Features Tags Attachments Required products Reward points NAME Handhelds amp PDAs dit delete Add categories Save Or cancel Secondary categories Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 99 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Each product has its own typical options which can be defined using the Product options tab These options will be displayed in the storefront as product parameters General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Blocks ddons Features Tags Attachments Reguired products Reward points Clothing Size Active edit delete Color Active edit delete Exceptions Option combinations p Add global option Add option Product options The list of product options
168. e option for the Rate calculation property select the shipping service you wish the active services which are enabled in Administration gt Settings gt Shipping settings section are colored click on Save select additional fees to the calculated cost in the Shipping charges tab click on Save The CS Cart shopping cart software includes an option for automatic calculation of shipping costs based on the following factors product cost product weight product quantity Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 175 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Shipping charges Show rates for location a Default destination all countries Canada USA f meannan m L _ mm Cost dependences E PRODUCTS COST RATEVALUE TYPE M More than gi 0 00 Absolute Morethan 100 25 45 Absolute j delete Add cost dependences Weight dependences C PRODUCTS WEIGHT RATEVALUE TYPE PER LBS More than 0 lbs 0 Absolute 4 E Add weight dependences Items dependences PRODUCT AMOUNT RATEVALUE TYPE PER ITEM Morethan 0 itemis o Absolute E Add items dependences Save Delete selected Shipping rates You can configure these parameters using the Shipping charges dialog box which contains the following sections Cost dependences Weight dependences Item dependences Last Revised Jan
169. e page in the Go to page field and click on the mark To set language variables select the description language in the dropdown box tn the top left corner the dropdown box is displayed only if two or more languages are defined in the store set the language variables in the corresponding Value fields click on Save i To search for language variables using the search section Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 345 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com enter the name of language variable in the Search for pattern field click on Search To delete a language variable place a check mark in the Select box for the language variable you want to delete click on Delete selected You can add a new language variable using the Add language variable button In the pop up section enter the name of a language variable and its value and click on the Create button This section supports bulk addition To add a new row with empty fields to the section click on To add a new row with values identical to an existing one clone row click on g To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one Languages Add language variable Add language translate privileges Translations Languages LANGUAGE CODE NAME STATUS m EN English Active Save or Delete selected Add language variable Add language Languages In the Language
170. e directory forms you can create new files and directories in the current one Also you can upload files from your local computer the shop server or Internet to the current directory by using the Upload file form 5 7 10 Skin selector This page allows you to change the skin of the customer storefront and the administration panel according to your preferences You are provided with a certain number of appearance variations which can meet any of your needs Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 323 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Skin selector page contains the following elements Skin for customer area Templates directory Skin for administration area Templates directory If you want to change the customer storefront appearance choose the necessary skin for the customer area in the Skin for customer area select box The skin preview image Is displayed below click on Save f If the selected skin wasn t loaded before it will be copied from the directory of skin repository and the process will be viewed on the screen The template location of the selected skin is represented in the Templates directory field If you want to change the skin for the administration area repeat the steps mentioned above with the Skin for administration area field Also you can modify the look and feel of the installed skin by yourself using CS Cart Template editor Last Revised Jan
171. e opened in a new window Status status of a banner Active or Disabled In the Categories section choose to what category ies the banner will be 4 back to Banners New banner affiliate system settings Title Description Image Select a file or enter URL NO IMAGE AVAILABLE Local Server URL Alternative text Open in a new windows a Status amp Active Disabled Categories NAME Add categories Create ot cancel New banner Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 376 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The rest of the tabs contain almost the same columns and fields with small variations In all tabs exists a difference in the column following the Title column In the Product groups tab it is the Product groups column in the Products tab it is the Products column and for the URL it is the URL column To what the banner will be assigned is defined in these columns And correspondingly there exist similar differences in the New banner sections of all tabs Using the Product banners link you open the Product banners page where you can modify the banners that use information about databased products Product banner is a banner which can include the product image product name product description The products in this banner are displayed in a random order The Product banners form contains a list of the defined banners Banners Prod
172. e reason for the return provide their comments and other related information But note that customers can return only those products which are defined as returnable by the administrator and only within a specified period of time The Return requests link is displayed in the side box if the RMA addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 60 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Return requests ai Customer E mail Quantity OoOo Y CD O Advanced search options Total items 1 10 Tr ID STATUS CUSTOMER DATE 4 ACTION ORDERID QUANTITY Customer 04 10 009 Replace O 1 Requested a stomer 14 09 item 15 2 edit delete elect all Unselect all Total items 1 10 Bulk print or Delete selected Return requests The Return request page is represented as a list of customer requests for return of goods For the convenience of the administrator the Search section is displayed at the top It allows to find the necessary return request without any difficulty Moreover the search can be performed by the following parameters name of the customer who registered the return customer s e mail number of returned products quantity By clicking on the Advanced search options link you expand the search criteria form and will be able to search by return identification number Return ID action that Should be applied e g refund or replacement return status period i
173. e tab is displayed only if communication on the category is enabled namely the Reviews field in the General tab is set to Communication Rating or All To change the parameters of several categories place a check mark in the Select columns of the categories you want to change click on the Choose action link and choose Edit selected This will open the Select fields to edit form in which you select parameters to modify Select field to edit is represented as a group of check boxes It allows you to choose the fields you wish to change in the Update categories form Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 83 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Select fields to edit You are able to modify several tems at the same time Select some items In the list below tick off the checkboxes for flelds you wish to edit and click on the Modify selected button Je status je Name jf Category rj r Title rj m description User groups Reviews Localization Je META Je META r description keywords m fw Position Created Image pair date Select all Unselect all Modify selected or cancel Select fields to edit To add a new category click on Addcategory and fill in all the necessary parameters on the New category page 5 3 1 1 Bulk category addition To add several categories at once follow the Bulk category addition link under the page title The Add categories form will open Here you can add sev
174. e them to the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 119 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If the Comments and reviews option is enabled in the Addons tab you can create a post on the product by using the Reviews tab To add a post click on the 4ddpost button enter your name your message define the rating of the product and click on Add If you make any changes click on Save to save them to the database If you want to delete a review put a tick mark in the check box in the top right corner and click on Delete selected General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Blocks ddons Features Tags ttachments Required products Reward points Reviews Total items 1 10 Admin Admin IP address 192 160 7 166 Rating Excellent First rate 05 13 2009 09 56 gt Delete 7 Disapprove Approved Total items 1 10 Save or Delete selected Add post Reviews To change the parameters of several products place check marks in the Select columns of the products you want to change click on the Choose action link and choose Edit selected This will open the Select fields to edit section which is represented as a group of check boxes This section allows you choose the fields you will change using the Update products section Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 120 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Select fields to edit Yo
175. ecurring billing options General Orders Notification Initial status for new Processed recurring orders Attempts after order will be cancelled in case of failure Next attempt if order failed days Save or cancel Recurring billing General In the Orders tab you can specify E mail subject and E mail header for default order statuses The values entered here override standard values defined in Orders gt Order statuses for subscription based products In the Notification tab you can set the notifications of manual paying of future paying and of subscription changing Notification duration days period during which the notification will be sent to subscribers each day For example 3 days is set for Notification of manual paying So if the automatic payment failed the notification of the necessity to pay manually will be sent three days In a row If 3 days is set for Notification of future paying the notifications will be sent Starting three days prior to the date of payment E mail subject subject of the e mail notification E mail header header of the e mail notification Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 252 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Recurring billing options General Orders Notification Notification of manual paying Notification duration days g E mail subject Payment required E mail header The subscription must be paid manually Notification of future pa
176. ed Jan 5 10 Page 42 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Top 10 Products Items Sold monthly is a chart represented as a table where object to analyze is products value to display is the number of products time interval month date range is not set all data are analyzed and where values are selected by the number of items PRODUCTS JANUARY 1 Daewoo DTS 42 42 2 2 NEC MultiSync LCD1915x 19 1 3 Fuma Women s Anjan Leather 4 Adidas Mens ClimaCool Mesh Polos Top 10 Products Items Sold monthly If you want to edit reports click on the manage reports link right under the page title You will be taken to the page with a list of the defined reports You will see the following data Select column select the necessary item Position ordinal number Name name of the report Status status of the report whether it is enabled or disabled Reports Add report _ POS NAME STATUS E 10 Order Reports Active edit delete E 30 Top 10 Customers Active edit delete E 40 Top 10 Categories Active edit delete E SO Top 10 Products Active edit delete E 60 Payment Methods Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Add report Reports Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 43 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you edit the value of any field click on Save to save the changes To delete a report from the list tick off the check box opposite the entry you want
177. ed and only one was clicked on then 5 is shown Percentage of sales and banner clicks shows how often the customers make the purchases in comparison with clicks on banners the number of clicks is taken as 100 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 389 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com E E E EE Oo fo ACTION Click Click Initial balance Click Click Click Click DATE 03202009 17 50 03202009 17 49 03 20 2009 174d 03 20 2009 15 44 03202009 15 44 03202009 15 44 03202009 15 45 Select all Unselect all L COST b1 OU b1 OU P1 00 P1 00 P1 00 P1 00 P1 00 CUSTOMER 192 768 5 35 192 168 5 35 192 168 5 35 192 768 5 35 192 768 5 35 192 768 5 35 Approve commissions or Choose action E AFFILIATE Tom Green fest lanl Tom Green fest nlan Tom Green fest nlan Afiliate Afiliate Test pian Affiliate Afiliate Test plan Affiliate Affiliate Test plan Affiliate Affiliate Test pian BANNER product banner for children graph banner banner product banner for children Total items 7 f 10 STATUS Paid up Paid up Paid up Paid up Paid up Total items 7 f 10 For approval disapproval or deletion of the commissions tick off the necessary commissions and click on Choose action and choose the corresponding button Columns of the t
178. ed items section The search section allows to perform a quick search in product name product code store content and also search for order IDs or users The Last viewed items feature dynamically keeps track of the last 10 items viewed and edited by you and allows to visit them by a single click Moreover it shows you not only links to the desired items but also images related to them amp is displayed after editing any product data is displayed after editing any order data ji is displayed after editing other data So you can quickly and easily return to any edited product order or setting by clicking the Last viewed items link in the bottom right corner of the page Note if you do not need to go back to the edited products orders or settings you can click on the clean up history link after clicking on Last viewed items and remove all the links listed there Also there is a built in notification system that displays notifications in the right top corner And a quick menu displayed on all pages in the top right corner enables you to quickly access any store section and perform a necessary action The quick menu is fully customizable so you can create your own set of frequently used actions To add a link to the quick menu you should do the following click on Quick menu to open it click on add link in the desired section of the quick menu enter a link name in the Name field and a link itself in the Link f
179. ed to be installed on your server if this option is enabled CS Cart works through HTTPS in administrator area of your CS Cart Please make sure SSL certificate is installed on your server before enabling this setting Enable secure connection for authentication profile and orders pages SSL certificate is required to be installed on your server if this option is enabled CS Cart works through HTTPS on login and register update profile pages in the front end of your CS Cart Please make sure SSL certificate is installed on your server before enabling this setting Template debugging console this enables the Smarty debug console which may help you in customizing your store design a Javascript console window pops up and gives you the names of all included templates and assigned variables for the current page Note that Smarty debug console is displayed for you in the storefront only when you are logged in under the administrator account Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 202 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com smarty Debug Console Included templates amp config files load time m seconds index tpl ro 09047 ftotal Meta tpl se 000Z Serripes fArmM SCIPS ENI CAEL ET top tpl ro 0ga top quick links tpl ro oaze2 puttana search go tcpl fo oo2e9 main tpl fe erz62 side horkes orders tpl ro 00520 Carmani tenp lares Ssidehakri epl ro oo2276 aide boxes catralog cpi fo 00594 Fernie y templares Sidebar pi
180. edit delete Panasonic TAs PxSOU a7 4 5 Percent 96 edit delete Panasonic OME ES305 DWD Recorder F Absolute edit delete Save or Delete selected Add products Products In the Categories tab you select the categories and subcategories and define the sales commissions for each of them General Products Categories Coupons Multi tier affiliates T CATEGORY SALES COMMISSION C Men 0 5 Absolute edit delete S DYO 5 Percent 96 edit delete Save or Delete selected Add categories Categories w Notice that if you define sales commissions for a root category these commissions are not applied to its subcategories In the Coupons tab you define commissions for coupon usage After clicking on the link Add coupon s you select a coupon in the list of all existing coupons define the commission rate and click on the Add selected button After that the affiliates will be able to distribute coupon codes among their customers Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 383 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Products Categories Coupons Multi tier affiliates C COUPON COUPON COMMISSION PERIOD OF VALIDITY i Free shipping coupon 5 Absolute ESIk Uoey202005 12 20 4005 edit delete Save or Delete selected Add coupon s Coupons In the Multi tier affiliates tab you define the percentage rates of commissions for affiliates of different tiers Let s consider the following
181. edit cards defined in your store is displayed Names and statuses Active or Disabled of credit cards are given in the list Credit cards Discover Novus enRoute JCB American Express VISA VISA Electron MasterCard Diners Club Switch Solo Credit cards To delete a credit card type from the list click on delete of the entry you want to delete To add a new credit card to the list use the necessary fields in the pop up section and click on Create Last Revised Jan 5 10 Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Add credit card adit delete edit delete edit delete edit delete edit delete adit delete edit delete adit delete edit delete edit delete Add credit card Add credit card button fill in the Page 268 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To edit a credit card click on the edit link of the necessary entry and edit the following parameters Card name name of the credit card Position position of the credit card in the list ordinal number Card code code assigned to the card Icon icon of the credit card You can download the icon from a local computer a server or type a direct link to the image You can also define an alternative text for the icon CVV2 place a check mark in this field if you require customers to enter their Card Verification Value
182. editor 0 2 0 0 eee 321 5 7 10 Skin selector 0 000 ee eee 323 5 8 Content oe4 4ueGcaedeaehevenueeeateaee 325 Deon PAGOS a a eke oe TERED EEG ETE EO ee 325 5 8 1 1 Pages 0 00 eee ee es 325 5 8 1 2 WINKS 6 cage a Gaye ee ena ea ea aes 332 5 8 1 3 Forms oaaae ee 334 5 8 1 4 PollS 00 339 5 8 2 Languages 0 a ee 344 LOS 1008 2464 ee ee ode ee ee Ge Oe 347 5 8 4 Site NEWS wie ee ee eee 349 5 8 5 Newsletters 0 0 0 a ee ee 352 5 8 6 Mailing lists a 356 5 8 7 Subscribers uaaa aaa aa 358 5 8 8 Store locator 0 2 ee ee 360 5 8 9 SEO rules ouaaa aaa a 363 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 3 of 409 9 8 10 Banners 0 ee et ee 365 5 8 11 Comments and reviews 050 365 5 9 Affiliate aaa 369 5 9 1 Product groups 0 00 eee eee 369 5 9 2 Banners sks ous he oe ee tee ee Be S 373 5 9 3 Plans ouaaa ee 379 5 9 4 Affiliates aoaaa aa ee ee 385 5 9 5 Approve comMmmMiISSIONS aaua aaa 0000 ae 387 5 9 6 Pay affiliates 0 0 0 0 eee 391 5 9 7 PAYOUTS veeaedue sae bee wa we ee a ed 392 5 9 8 Accounting History 0050 0 395 PAO o eena eee ewe ee ee ee ee ee tee eee ee eee eee eee 396 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 4 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 1 Welcome to CS Cart shopping cart software The CS Cart shopping cart software is designed to help you build a robust online store This software can satisfy both a profes
183. egistered customers can edit their account details at any time Registered customers can view their order history CS Cart is highly customizable If your business has some specific feature requirements our engineers would be happy to help you customize your store so that it will satisfy all of your business needs Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page LO of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 Installation 3 1 Requirements 1 PHP version 5 1 or above PHP configuration should include the following options all these values are default e disabled safe_mode e enabled file_uploads MySQL database version 4 1 or above 2 3 PHP CURL is required for operation of several payment gateways and systems such as PayPal Authorize NET Google Checkout etc and real time shipping services FedEx UPS DHL Airborne CS Cart runs on AMA re ol al Lal Windows Linux FreeBSD RedHat CS Cart runs on most server configurations ranging from dedicated servers to Shared servers that utilize different PHP configurations NOTE If your web server has mod_security enabled you may see the 403 Forbidden or Not Acceptable error messages after submitting forms that contain the words curl perl file etc It is recommended to disable the mod_security module or reconfigure it in the way these words are not forbidden Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 11 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 Installing CS Cart
184. egory Override global point value for all products in this category if the check box is ticked off the values defined for the user groups below will prevail over those which are specified globally on the Reward points page User group list of all user groups of the store and options Guest and Registered for those who are not assigned to any user group Amount the number of reward points you set for a user group can be edited only if Override global point value for all products in this category is checked Amount type specify whether the set amount will be an absolute value points or percentage When Amount type is set to Percent the reward points are calculated in the following way the product price is divided into 100 and the result is multiplied by the number set in the Amount field If you make some changes click on Save to save them to the database Click on the cancel link to undo the changes Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 82 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Blocks Gddoans Layout Reward points Reviews Foints earned per product M Override global point value For all products in this category USER GROUP AMOUNT AMOUNT TYPE All 0 Absolute points Guest 0 Absolute points Registered 10 Absolute points Wholesale 20 Absolute points 7 Save or cancel Reward points There is a list of all reviews about the category in the Reviews tab Th
185. ems you select what countries constitute the localization what currencies and languages will be used for this localization Here you see three sections Countries Currencies Languages each with two fields left hand field and right hand field All available items are shown in the right hand fields while selected items are shown in the left hand fields So to select items to a localization you need to transfer them from the right hand field to the left hand field To choose a country currency language for a localization choose a country currency language in the right hand field click on The selected countries currencies languages will be transferred from the right hand field to the left hand field To delete a country currency language from a localization Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 192 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com choose a country currency language that you want to delete in the left hand field click on The selected countries currencies languages will be transferred from the left hand field to the right hand field Also using the signs you can change the order of the selected items Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 193 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 Administration The Administration section contains a number of options for managing your store Orders Catalog Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate Settings Addons Payme
186. endar day week month create a multitude of calendars and use different colors for them You are given the ability to change settings for all aspects of the webmail operation You can change common settings like date and time format language etc and settings of email accounts contacts and calendars as well All these settings can be found by following the Settings link in the right top corner From the webmail you can easily return to the CS Cart admin panel and there is no need to logout So you do not have to log in every time you return to the webmail page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 296 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com For more information on the MailBee WebMail application go to their official site http www afterlogic com 5 6 14 Store access The Access restrictions add on is an advanced security tool for limiting which limits the access to the store The access can be restricted in many ways you have the ability to ban access to the store or to the administration area for particular IP addresses ban registration or login for certain domains or e mail addresses and payment by some credit cards This considerably improves your store security and reduces the possibility of hacking The Store access administration section is displayed if the Access restrictions addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons The page is represented as a set of tabs IP Domain E mail Credit card Admin area
187. ented there To enable the necessary block tick off the Enable for this page check box Items of the block are displayed in the Listed items section If the block is filled manually follow the Add products categories polls etc link choose necessary items in the pop up section and add them to the Listed items section back to Pages Editing page About our company delete this page clone this page add page add link add form add poll General Blocks 4ddans Tags Top 10 products Listed items General Block name Top 10 POS NAME products 0 adidas Camp Tee x Filling Manually 0 adidas Men s Avantis Jersey Enable for this page m Add products Save or cancel In the Addons tab you see the addons that can be enabled for pages This addon is given here if it is enabled in Administration gt Addons For pages such addons are Comments and reviews and SEO SEO names are defined for pages automatically A standard SEO name is the name of the page with spaces replaced by hyphens SEO names can be changed according to your wish and what is more a separate SEO name can be defined for each language of the store Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 330 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Communication about the page page rating or both can be enabled in the Comments and reviews section If you make any changes click on Save To cancel the changes click on cancel back to Pages Ed
188. epeat New visits Page load speed Total pages viewed per visitor Type Table 1 Page 4 2 Pages 3 Pages fi Audience statistics Site attendance illustrates the number of visits at a certain hour of the day Total is the total number of visits to the store In Visit time you see the number of visits lasting less than 1 minute from 1 to 2 minutes from 2 to 5 minutes etc and the percentage value for each time period Average duration means the average duration of a visit In the Repeat New visits tab all visitors of your store are divided into two groups The first group is Old visitors the visitors who were in the store more than once The second one is New visitors those who entered the store only once The number of visitors and its percentage equivalent are displayed for both groups In the Page load speed tab page load speeds are displayed Also there is given the number of times the pages with this load speed were opened by visitors Look at the picture below the statistical data shows that pages with load speed from 2 to 3 seconds were opened twice a page with load speed from 3 to 4 seconds was opened only once and pages with load speed from 5 to 10 seconds were opened twice The value 3 displays that pages with load speed up to 4 seconds were opened three times the value 5 shows that pages with load speed up to 10 seconds were opened 5 times Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 292 of 409 Copyright 200
189. er To delete several banners at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected If you want to edit the banner click on the edit link and you are redirected to the Update banner page To create a new banner use the 4ddbanner button In the pop up section you Should fill in the following fields title show title width height content text of the banner open in a new window show URL status product group T Only four fields title content status and product group are mandatory for filling in the others are optional After all the necessary fields are filled in click on reate button The rest of the tabs contain almost the same columns and fields with small variations In all tabs exists a difference in the column following the Height column In the Categories tab it is the Categories column in the Products tab it is the Products column and for the URL it is the URL column To what the banner will be assigned is defined in these columns And in the New banner sections tabs have the corresponding differences By clicking on the Graphic banners link on the right you are redirected to the Graphic banners page where you can create graphic banners and assign them to different product groups categories products URLs On the page you see four tabs Product groups Categorie
190. eral new categories at a time using a single form Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 84 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Add categories CATEGORY LOCATION CATEGORY NAME USER GROUP POSITION STATUS lf All Guest Root level Active E Registered l Wholesale Create Bulk category addition To add a new category click on T The number of categories that can be added in this form will depend on the parameters of your server We do not recommend bulk addition of more than 100 categories at a time To add a new category identical to an existing one clone the category click on amp To delete a category click on After entering the parameters click on Create to add a group of categories 5 3 2 Products You can manage products using the Products form which contains the following sections Search for products a list of all products The Products page contains the Search pattern which allows you to search for orders by the following parameters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 85 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Find results with enter search words and select whether any of the entered words all of the words or the exact phrase will be searched for Price set a price range Search in category set in what category the search will be performed All categories is set by default If you want to make the search results more precise cl
191. ered 7 Wholesale Apply to all subcategories _ Position 10 Created date 10 19 2005 Save or cancel Editing category Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 79 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com In the Blocks tab the lists with the Categories content are represented To enable the necessary list tick off the Enable for this page check box Items of the block are displayed in the Listed items section If the block is filled manually follow the Add categories link and choose necessary categories in the pop up General Blocks Addons Layout Reward points Reviews Top products Listed items General 10 Harry Potter Hardcover Boxed Set Books 1 4 x Block name Top products lt 0 Encyclopedia Prehistorica Dinosaurs x Filling Manually 30 Eldest inheritance Book 2 x Enable for this page m Save jor cancel Blocks In the Addons tab you see addons that can be enabled for categories Such addons are given here if they are enabled in Administration gt Addons For categories such addons are Age verification Comments and reviews The Age verification addon allows to define an age limit for a category The following fields can be filled in Age verification tick off to enable age verification for the category Age limit set the minimum age for access to the category Warning message the message that is displayed during age verification Communication about the category category
192. ess 192 165 0 6 Puma Women s Anjan Leather Rating Excellent Beautiful boots My opinion is they are just best 08 24 2006 75 50 7 Delete Disapprove Approved Customer Customer IF address 672 169 232 157 Daewoo OTS 42 42 Rating Excellent Just a perfect product 70 78 2005 T4133 7 Delete Approve Not approved Comments and reviews The page is represented as a set of tabs Product reviews Category reviews Page comments Order communication Testimonials Gift Registry guestbook New comments The names of tabs correspond to the content For example in the Product reviews tab all reviews about products are displayed Let s see the Product reviews tab The following information is given for each review Author author of the review IP address author s Internet Protocol address Product product about which the review was posted Review review about the product if it is presupposed by the type of communication Rating rating of the product if it is presupposed by the type of communication Date date and time of creation The Delete check box The Approve or Disapprove check box what check box is displayed depends on the current status of the review If you make any changes click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 367 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To delete a post from the list tick off the
193. ess or Proxy if any of the visitor operating system and browser the visitor used his screen resolution language country To get some more information click on H Extra and you see the entry page the current page the referrer and user agent Statistics General An users online remove statistics Period Select dates Advanced search options Type Table Total items 2 f 10 DATE TOTAL ROBOTS VISITORS VISITOR HOSTS 12 25 2008 0 1 12 24 2008 4 0 4 Total iterns 2 f 10 General statistics System statistics contain information about operating systems browsers and their resolutions Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 288 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Operating systems Browsers Resolutions Type Graphic Pie chart by amCharts com Linux 16 7 Windows 5 83 3 windoz 3 4 s I windows Linux System statistics The Operating systems tab shows names of operating systems number of visits from each system and number of visits as a percentage of total visits The Browsers tab contains names of the browsers which were used by visitors browser versions number of visits from each browser and number of visits in percentage terms The Resolutions tab presents information about resolutions of the browsers Next to each resolution the number of visitors who use this size is displayed Also percentage value Is provided together with the numerical one Geogra
194. est Recurring plans View subscriptions Subscription events Orders box 5 2 1 View orders Using this link will display the Orders page in the main content area Orders All Add order Customer E mail Total D a Search Advanced search options Goto page 1 amp previous 12 3 4 next Totalitems 40 10 rT D STATUS CUSTOMER E MAIL DATE 4 TOTAL C 50 Processed Admin Admin admingwourcompany corm OsfO3 2006 15 31 687 10 view more 79 Open USIOn IES customer samecompany cam O9 02 2006 17 45 44 43 view more E eae Customer rs 78 Open Customer customer samecompany cam O9 01 2006 19 53 52 15 view more E a Customer j ae Select all Unselect all Goto page 1 F amp previous 12 3 4 next Total items 40 10 Gross total 41 863 53 Total paid 1 153 66 Bulk print or Choose action Add order Orders Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 26 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Orders page contains the Search pattern which allows you to search for orders by the following parameters Customer customer s name E mail customer s e mail Total order total set the range of the order total If you want to make the search results more precise click on Advanced search option The search form will be expanded and you will be able to search by the following options Tax exempt whether the user who placed the order is tax exempt or not
195. examples the affiliate has multi tier affiliate system 1st 2nd 3rd tier affiliates The following commissions are defined for three levels Level 1 5 Level 2 2 5 Level 3 1 If the income from the 1st tier affiliate is 100 then the affiliate gets 5 of 100 that is 5 If the income from the 2nd tier affiliate is 100 then he gets 2 5 of 100 that is 2 5 and the 1st tier affiliate gets 5 of 100 that is 5 If the income from the 3rd tier affiliate is 100 then he gets 1 of 100 i e 1 the 2nd tier affiliate gets 2 5 of 100 and the 1st tier affiliate gets 5 of 100 So the profit the affiliate receives depends on its level Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 384 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Products Categories Coupons Multi tier affiliates LEVEL COMMISSION 7 Level 1 5 delete Level 2 2 5 delete Levels 1 delete Save or Delete selected Add commissions Multi tier affiliates To add new levels with defined commission rates use the Add commissions fink T If several types of commissions are applied to the product only one is charged For example if product and category commissions are set only product commission is charged In case when neither product nor category commissions are applied then the commission is calculated according to the rate specified in the section Commission rates for the Sale action 5 9 4 Affiliates On the Approve
196. fields click on Save f Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 351 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to News Editing news Design Updates Ha Englished add news General Blocks ddons Name Design Updates Description Gur store has been through a major design Update phase during the past few weeks with the first set of changes now appearing online for public use Edit in visual HTML editor Date 12710 2008 show on separate page E Comments Disabled Status amp active Disabled Save or cancel Editing news 5 8 5 Newsletters Using this menu item you can send newsletters to different users For example you can send site news to news subscribers ey You can disable the Newsletters option by disabling the News and e mails addon using the path Administration gt Addons gt News amp e mails Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 352 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ey If you want customers to be able to sign up for the store newsletters it is necessary that a block with the content Mailing lists is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks You can manage newsletters using the Newsletters form Newsletters Add newsletter SUBJECT DATE Test newsletter 05 08 2009 16 33 edit delete Save or Delete selected Add newsletter Newsletters The form contains a list of all newsletters The list is represented as a table
197. filiates click on the Choose action link and choose Approve selected or Decline selected If you click on the link in the ID Username or Name columns you are redirected to the Affiliate page with personal information affiliate information and information about commissions of last periods Here you can use the Change links and change the Status and plan of the affiliate Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 386 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Viewing affiliate Affiliate Affiliate edit affiliate affiliate system settings Personal information Commissions of last periods A1400 PTE ne 12 21 2008 E A Username affiliate 12 28 2008 0 00 7 550 Tithe al o1o42009 E a First name Affiliate AFAN PA N ne A a 570 00 Last name Affiliate APATE TA n nie 7 0 00 Company company P 01252009 77 5910 00 E mail affiliate amp company com 02012009 7 E TA E Phone 123456789 02082009 0 00 Fax 123456 02152009 ES EEA go Affiliate information TEEF N 0 EGNEN AS S A A DA E E Ose 0 Status Approved Change 0315 2005 rs LL Flan Test plan Change Osi 2009 90 000 Account 0 00 Total commissions 3 00 balance Total payouts Affiliate tree 3 00 view AFFILIATE A affiliate Affiliate Affiliate Viewing affiliate 5 9 5 Approve commissions On the page you can view the statistics of all actions for which commissions are charged For instance you can find out the
198. filters is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 127 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Product filters Add filter Price Active edit delete Manufacturer Active edit delete Audio formats Active edit delete Add filter Product filters On the page is given a list of all product filters defined in the store Names of product filters and their statuses Active or Disabled are given in the list To delete a filter click on delete of the entry you want to delete To edit the filter click on the adit link To add a filter click on the ddfilter_ button In the appeared Add new filter pop up section you will see two tabs General and Categories Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 128 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com New filter General Categories Name Manufacturer Pos show on home page Filter by Fearures Format Manutacturer Audio formats Product toide Price In stack Free shipping Greate Or cancel Add new filter In the tab General you can define the following parameters Name name of the filter Position ordinal number Show on home page tick off to display this filter on the home page Filter by entity by which products are filtered Here you select among Product fields price in stock free shipping and Product features of select box and multiple check box types defined in the store
199. fine META description and keywords for each category product CMS topic and CMS page There are the META description and META keywords fields on the page on which you add update category product etc How can add more featured products to the CS Cart home page Log in to the administration panel open the Design tab and click on the Blocks link Open the Home page tab on this page You will see the Featured products block there In order to add products to this block click on the Add products link Is it possible to add options e g size to each individual product In order to add an option to the product click on the Products link in the Catalog tab in your administration area Click on a product name link and open the Options tab Click on the Add option button In the opened New option window you Should fill in the Name e g Size and select the type of the new option in the Type select box There are the following types of options available select box radio group check box text text area If the option type is select box or radio group then open the Variants section in the same opened window Fill in the Name input field e g large in the Modifier input field next to it set the price that will be added if this option is selected to the product price To add more variants click on the Add empty item icon next to this Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 400 of 409 Copy
200. for this form META keywords specific Meta Tag keywords for this form Availability User groups user groups for which the form is available Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 334 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Created date date of creation Use available period if ticked off the form will be available only during the time specified below Available from the first day when the form is available Available till the last day when the form is available To preview the form follow the link in the Preview box on the right Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 335 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Pages Editing form Contact us delete this page General Blocks Information Parent page Name Description Status SEO Meta data Page title META description META keywords Availability User groups Created date Use available period Available from Avallable till Greate or cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 clone this page add page add link add form add pall Addons Tags Form builder Root level Contact us You can send us a message using the form below Edit in visual HTML editor amp Active Hidden Disabled i al Guest Oo Registered 11 12 2009 r Er Editing form Page 336 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The contents of the tabs Blocks Addons and Tags are the same as for the text
201. fy a shipping freight range Weight lbs specify a weight range Quantity specify a quantity range Free shipping whether free shipping is selected for the product Status specify product status Popularity specify a range of popularity rating After filling in any of the search fields click on Search to start the search process After that a list of products is displayed The following information is given for each product Product name name of the product and product options if any Price product price Quantity number of products To add the product s to cart enter the necessary value into the Quantity field click on Add products Now the selected products are included in the list of ordered products This list is represented as a table with the following columns Select column you can select the necessary product s Product product name Price product price Discount product discount Quantity number of products T By ticking off the check box before the price discount etc you are able to define your own values Otherwise values will be taken from the database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 34 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Create a new order 0 1 Products PRODUCT PRICE DISCOUNT QUANTITY 100 Cotton Adult Youth Geet T Shirt by Hanes Style 5180 EE ae Li 0 00 a delete Product option
202. ge You can manage content pages using the Pages form Here is given a list of all text pages displayed in the storefront Advanced search options allow you to specify additional advanced search criteria Search in page name description subpages Tag search by tags of pages Status search by status whether Active Hidden or Disabled Also the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 325 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box next at the top Pages ai Addform Addpoll Addlink Add page tree pages links polls forms Find results with Type Parent page Re Any of these words gt ax gt All pages Search Advanced search options POS NAME STATUS E a About our company page Active edit delete E E Contact us form Active edit delete E a Link to TOP category link Active Fs edit delete moo Pall poll Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Addform Add poll Add link Add page Pages The list of pages is represented at a table with the following columns Select column selects the page Position ordinal number of the page in the storefront Na
203. get a promotion Products specify products that have to be bought or don t have to be bought to get a promotion Users specify users who can get the bonus Product feature specify a product feature User group specify user groups for which the bonus is available Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 138 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Customer country specify the country the customer have to or don t have to be from Customer state specify customer state code Customer zip postal code specify the zip postal code of a customer Order total specify order total Total products in the cart specify what number of products has to be in the cart Total products weight in the cart specify the total weight of products in the cart Payment method specify the payment method that has to or doesn t have to be used Coupon code specify a complete coupon code Number of usages specify number of times for coupon use by a certain customer Once per user select if a coupon is to be used only once by a certain user Automatically generated coupon codes you can adjust the system in the way it will automatically generate a coupon code and send it to a customer To do this you need to 1 create cart promotion A set the condition Automatically generated coupon codes for it and define any bonuses you like 2 create cart promotion B with any conditions set for it the bonus Give c
204. ght 2004 2010 CS Cart com Countries United States s Afghanistan Aland Islands Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Anquilla Antarctica Fil Antigua and Barbuda Ll t Countries You can specify the states that you wish to list as possible locations by using the States section which consists of two fields the right hand field is a list of all defined states If you wish you can edit a state information as explained in the chapter Shipping taxes gt States the left hand field is a list of the states that you have selected as locations To choose a state as a location choose a state or states in the right hand field T To select multiple states press and hold the Ctrl or Shift key Click on The selected states will be transferred from the right hand field to the left hand field To delete a state from the location list choose a state or states that you want to delete in the left hand field Click on The selected states will be transferred from the left hand field to the right hand field Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 187 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com States United States United States United States United States United States United States United States United States United States United States Arkansas Arizona Alaska Alabama California Colorado Connecticut Delaware District of Columbia Florida Austr
205. gift certificate button fill in the form and click on Create By clicking on the Code and Date links you are redirected to the Editing certificate page which contains two tabs Detailed information and History The Detailed information tab presents all main information about the certificate and have the following fields Gift certificate code internal code of the certificate which is used in the database and generated automatically Status the processing stage of the certificate To the name of the person the gift certificate is going to the recipient of the gift certificate Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 56 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com From the name of the person the gift certificate is coming from the sender of the certificate Message a message that will be displayed on the gift certificate T This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p Amount cash value of the certificate Here you can choose among the given variants or set the amount by yourself E mail recipient s e mail address You can enter the address only if the Send via e mail option is enabled If it is so it means that you select the e mail gift certificate and it will be sent via e mail If the option Send via postal mail is enabled the following fields should be filled in Address Address line 2 City Country State pro
206. group click on the delete link of the user group To delete several user groups at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected Customers can sign up for user groups in the storefront All customers requests for user groups can be seen by clicking on the user group requests link Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 162 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to User groups User group requests Total items 1 10 C USER 4 USER GROUP STATUS Customer Customer Wholesale Fending Total items 1 10 Notify customer Approve selected or Decline selected User group request On the page User group requests you can See the full name of the customer who made a request and the user group the customer wants to sign for Also here you can change the status of the request To inform a customer of the changes tick off the Notify customer check box To approve requests tick off the check boxes opposite the requests you want to approve click on the Approve selected button To decline requests tick off the check boxes opposite the requests you want to decline click on Decline selected If you define the type of the user group as Administrator there appears the privileges link Click on it to display the Privileges section You have the ability to open or close various parts of the administration area for different user groups
207. hanges click on cancel After a user account is created the User groups tab is displayed on the Editing profile page A list of user groups defined in the store is given in this tab Here you can set the status of each user group for this particular user The statuses are Active user is signed up for this user group Pending user made a request for this user group and is waiting for approval Available user group is available for the user and s he can sign up for it in the storefront Declined the user s request for the user group was declined If you want to inform a user of any changes leave the Notify user check box enabled The CS Cart shopping cart software includes the possibility of creating multiple profiles for the same user For example a user can have one profile for home delivery and another for office delivery ey You can enable or disable the option to allow multiple profiles as explained tn the chapter Administration gt Settings gt General gt Allow user to create multiple profiles shipping and billing addresses for one account 5 4 2 Administrators This menu item allows you to display a list of all administrator accounts Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 152 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Total items 1 10 ID USERNAME WNAMET E MAIL REGISTERED PE STATUS Admin l 040005 ne i admin pepee admin yourcompany com 59 90 Administrator Active edit delete
208. he customer or not Y tax Is not imposed N tax is imposed Language two digit language code e g EN Billing Billing Billing Billing Billing Billing Billing Billing title user s title Mr Ms etc first name user s first name text last name user s last name text address user s address text address line 2 user s address text city state country two letter country code e g US it can be found in the first column on the Manage countries page Billing zipcode numbers Shipping title Shipping first name Shipping last name Shipping address Shipping address line 2 Shipping city Shipping state Shipping country two letter country code e g US it can be found in the first column on the Manage countries page Shipping zipcode numbers Extra fields additional fields in the format Field value Field2 value Field3 value Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 276 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com By clicking on the Products link on the right you will open the page with three tabs Images Products Qty discounts Images Product code Pair type type of the pair M main A additional The main pair of images is added in the Detailed information tab and additional pair is added in the Images tab in the admin panel and displayed in the Images tab on the produ
209. he field name for example Weight lbs or Weight kg bid You can define the unit of weight in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt General gt Weight symbol Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 93 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com o By default the unit of weight is pound lbs Free shipping tick off to enable free shipping for this product Shipping freight handling fee for each unit of this product i e the value of the Shipping cost for this particular product It is added to the cost calculated at checkout Taxes allows to choose the applicable taxes on the product o You can add or configure taxes in Shipping Taxes gt Taxes SEO Meta data Page title META description META keywords Search words Editing product Page title title of the page displayed in the browser window when viewing the product in the storefront META description specific Meta Tag description field for this product META keywords specific Meta Tag keywords field for this product Search words specify the words by which the product can be easily found in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 94 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Availability User groups i all CO Guest Registered 7 Wholesale Created date 02704 2006 Avail since Buy in advance D Editing product User groups user groups that have access to this product Cre
210. here is the Qty discounts tab on the Editing product page in the admin panel In that tab enter the minimum quantity of products to which the wholesale price will be applied and the wholesale price of a product into the Quantity and the Price input fields respectively If you need to add more than one price click on the Add empty item icon in the same line and enter a new quantity and a wholesale price After that click on the Save button to save the changes Also a variety of discounts and coupons can be created on the Promotions page How can I offer a discount to a customer if he buys two special products together In order to do it you need to set up a Specific promotion Log in to your administration panel open the Catalog tab and click on the Promotions link Click on the Add cart promotion button on the right Fill information in the General section Then open the Conditions tab and click on the Add condition button Select Products in the opened select box then select in in the opened select box Click on the Add products link find and select the first product for which such discount will be applied click on the Add products and close button Click on the Add condition button and add the same condition for the second product Open the Bonuses tab and click on the Add bonus button Select Order discount in the opened select box select the desired option in the second opened select bo
211. his will be used if the File field data is specified without a path this must be an absolute path Delete all existing product FF files before import Reset inventory D Coy delimiter Semicolon Select file Select a file or enter URL Local Server URL Product import Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 274 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Translations link directs to the Language variables tab where you can import language variables to your store The fields of this tab are Name name of the variable Value variable value content Language two digit language code e g EN All three fields are mandatory There is the tab States on the same page Here you can import information about the states Your import file is required to contain the following fields State name of the state e g New York Code state code according to ISO standards e g NY Country code country code according to ISO standards e g US Following the Orders link on the right you are taken to the page with two tabs Order items and Orders In the Order items tab the following fields are represented Order ID order identification number number Item ID special product ID in the order to avoid conflict if we buy for example two products with different options number Product ID product identification number number Product code code of the product Price product
212. ht 2004 2010 CS Cart com Delivery time delivery time text field Weight limit Ibs Rate calculation manual or realtime Shipping service a list of realtime shipping services available in the store The options displayed in this drop down select box depend on the shipping processors enabled in the tab Main on the page Administration gt Settings gt Shipping settings the list is active only when realtime rate calculation is selected Taxes tax that is applied to this shipping method Suppliers select suppliers that will use this shipping method the field is displayed only if the Supplier addon is enabled and at least one supplier is defined Users gt Suppliers User groups select user groups for which this shipping method will be available Localization select for which localization this shipping method will be available the field is displayed only if at least one localization is defined Shipping taxes gt Localizations Status status of the shipping method Active or Disabled There are 2 ways to calculate the shipping cost 1 The shipping cost is based on the manually defined destination select the Manual option for Rate calculation property click on Save in the Shipping charges tab select the destination you wish to set the rate and enter the desired data 2 The shipping cost is calculated by realtime shipping calculator select the Realtim
213. ht 2004 2010 CS Cart com The following files had local modifications FILE skins basic customermain tpl changes mark as resolved EJ Upgrade center Modified files 5 6 12 Statistics A wide range of statistics covering different aspects of store operation is collected by the software and available for the administrator This makes it considerably easier to analyze both overall efficiency of the store and efficiency of separate features 5 General System Geography Referrers Pages Audience Products Banners There are eight links on the right of the page General System Geography Referrers Pages Audience Products Banners Each of them leads to the corresponding statistical data General statistics provide basic user activity information namely the total number of visits to the store The following information is given there Date month day and year Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 287 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Total total number of visits on this day the value is a sum of values in the two following columns Robots number of visits by automatic systems search bots etc Visitors number of visitors Visitor hosts number of IP addresses from which the visitors came Clicking on the number in the Visitors column you open the Visitors log page where you can view the detailed information about every visit date and time the number of pages that were viewed IP addr
214. i E O E 190 Last name Input field wo al wo al O E O E 200 Address Input field od Coal I wr M Coal O E 210 Address line 2 Input field he a I 7 O E 220 city Input field w Coal Coan Coal wo Col D E 230 Country Country gt wo Coal wo al Cod Coal O E 240 State province State province ol Coal wo Coal di Coal O E 250 zip postal code Zippostal code mr Wo Col I ur O E Save Add field Profile fields Since many customers may have no interest in constant registration the program has a separate set of fields for the user registration profile and the customer profile used in the checkout process In each case there are two options show and required selecting show will place the item on the form and selecting required will cause the software to check whether the user has entered data in the field or not A required field will be marked with Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 159 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new profile field use the Addfield button You should enter the number of the field in the Position column the field name in the Description column Then select the type of display in the Type option You can select among the following types check box date input field radio group select box text area In the Section field you choose whether this field will be represented in the Contact information section of the profile or in the Billing
215. ick on Continue to proceed with the upgrade Then you will be given the information about the backed up files and batabase tables Click on the Continue button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 285 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Backup The following files have been backed up The following database tables were backed up FILE TABLE jsfcc_ validator s OK z cscat_language values ak A js design_mode js Jk cscat_privileges Jk jsfcore s JK cscart privilege _ descriptions JK js picker js Gk cscat_product_fteatures Gk JS Previewer Js Gk jsfileuploader_scripts js OR jstabs js JK Ei E Continue Upgrade center Backup When the upgrade is performed you will see a notification about it summary Your store has been upgraded successfully Revert Upgrade center Upgrade center Summary Here on the Summary page you will see two links Revert and Upgrade center By clicking on the Revert link you will revert to the previous version If you click on the Upgrade center link you be taken to the Upgrade center page In case the previous version contained some code modifications you can view the difference by clicking on the changes link in the Installed upgrades section on the Upgrade center page If the modifications are not critical just click on mark as resolved But if these modifications are required edit the corresponding file s manually and apply your changes Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 286 of 409 Copyrig
216. ick on To add a new variant with values identical to an existing feature clone a product feature click on To delete an entry click on You can delete all the rows except the last one When editing a feature the tab Categories is displayed only if it doesn t belong to any group In the tab you can set the categories namely products of these categories for which this feature can be defined If the product feature belongs to some group then such categories are specified when editing the group To add a new feature click on the t Addfeature button fill in the form in the pop up section and click on Create To add a new group click on the Add group button fill in the form in the pop up section and click on Create 5 3 4 Product filters The Product filters feature lets customers quickly find products with the exact attributes they are seeking as they can simply filter out the product features they don t want You can add as many filters as you like but independent of their number filters will efficiently work together For example when a customer chooses some specific value e g price range from 50 to 100 the other filters will display the products of that selected value only Moreover you can choose on which category pages and what filters should be shown w If you want Product filters to be displayed in the storefront it is necessary that a block with the content Product
217. ick on Advanced search option The search form will be expanded and you will be able to search by the following options Find results with Price f Search in category Advanced search options Search in IM Product name L Short description C Subcategories Full description Keywords search by product filters search by product features search by product code Tag Configurable Sales amount Shipping freight hi Weight lbs Cuantity Free shipping status oe Popularity Search Save this search as Save Search for products Search in You may have the system search for products which contain the specified pattern text within any of the following product parameters e Product name e Full description e Short description e Keywords e Subcategories Search by product features Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 86 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Search by product code you can use this field to locate a product by entering its unique product ID Configurable set Yes if the product you search for is configurable Sales amount specify an interval for the sold items Shipping freight define a range for the shipping freight Weight lbs define a range for the product weight Quantity product quantity in stock define a quantity range Free shipping whether the product is shipped for free Status status of the product Act
218. ield in the opened window and click on the Save button The link will be added to the quick menu ey You can change the store outlook and locations of the elements listed above by yourself or make use of our design integration service for more information please visit http www cs cart com Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 24 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 Administration panel 5 1 Authentication When logging in you will be presented with an authentication parameters form in which you must enter your user information CS CART Administration panel Username Password Forgotyour password Sign in Authentication After entering the appropriate information click on Sign in If you have forgotten your password use Forgot password link to have your new password sent to you by e mail If you want to modify your user profile go to the All users chapter To log out click on the Log out button at the top Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 25 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 2 Orders The CS Cart software includes an overall order management system that features automatic e mails to customers and merchants The administrator can manage shop orders by making use of the sections of the Orders tab Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate view orders sales reports Order statuses Gift certiticates Return requ
219. ilable for products to open the Global update page click on the global update link on the Products page Global update allows you to update some product parameters for several products at once Namely you can decrease or increase a price value list price value in stock value price in points value for the selected products as well as regenerate thumbnails Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 121 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If a positive value is entered the current value will be increased In case of a negative value the current value will be decreased Price the value on which the current price will be changed can be a fixed amount or percentage List price the value on which the current list price will be changed can be a fixed amount or percentage In stock the value on which the current stock value will be changed Price in points the value on which the current price in points will be changed can be a fixed number of points points or percentage Regenerate thumbnails tick off to regenerate product thumbnails To select products that will be updated click on the Add products link in the Products section and choose the necessary products Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 122 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Products Global update Positive or negative values can be entered in the fields below e g 5 Price List price
220. ion click on the delete link of the location To delete several locations at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit location parameters click on the edit link This will open the location parameters form which contains the following sections General Countries Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 185 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com States Zip Postal code City Addresses You can specify the countries that you wish to list as possible locations by using the Countries section which consists of two fields the right hand field is a list of all defined countries WW If you wish you can edit a country s information as explained in the chapter Shipping taxes gt Countries the left hand field Is a list of the countries that you have selected as locations To choose a country as a location choose the country in the right hand field o To select multiple specifications press and hold the Ctrl or Shift key click on The selected country will be transferred from the right hand field to the left hand field To delete a country from the location list choose a country or countries that you want to delete in the left hand field click on The selected countries will be transferred from the left hand field to the right hand field Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 186 of 409 Copyri
221. is given in the following way Name name of the option Status status of the option Active available in the storefront Disabled option is not displayed in the storefront To add an option click on the Add option button and specify an option in the pop up section To apply a global option to the product use the Add global option button tis The Add global options button is displayed only if at least one global option is defined on the Global options page If you want the added product options to reflect the changes made for global product ones you will need to add them as a link To do this tick off Apply as link check box before the applying process You won t be able to edit the linked product options on the Editing products pages then To delete an option click on the delete link of the entry you want to delete Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 100 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To edit an option click on the edit link of the necessary entry You will be able to edit the following parameters Name name of the option Position ordinal number of the option in the list Inventory if enabled the option is taken into account when forming the product inventory and it is displayed on the Inventory page of the product Type select the display type of the option Selectbox Radiogroup Checkbox Text Textarea File Description des
222. isabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 299 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Store access IP Domain E mail Credit card Sdministratian panel Total items 1 10 E MAIL REASON CREATED STATUS someGsome com fraudulent 0062009 10 11 9 Active delete Select all Unselect all Total items 1 10 Save or Delete selected Add new e mail addresses E mail NOTE Here can be defined not only a particular e mail address but also a domain name Specifying a domain name you ban access for all e mails of this domain To add new e mail addresses to the restriction list use the Add button Credit cards that cannot be used in order to make a payment are defined in the Credit card tab Select column Credit card number 16 digit card number Reason the reason for the access restriction it is displayed when someone tries to use this credit card to pay for the order Created date and time the credit card number was added Status status of the restriction Active or Disabled To add new credit cards to the list use the Add section Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 300 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Store access IP Domain E mail Credit card dministration panel Total items 1 10 CREDITCARD NUMBER REASON CREATED STATUS 567076667067009 fraud 05 06 2009 10 33 Active delete Select all Unselect all Total items 1 10 Save or Dele
223. ited download tick off to allow unlimited download of the product o You can define the period of time during which this product can be downloaded by the customer in Administration gt Settings gt General gt Download key TTL Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 96 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Localization select localization s for which the product will be available T The Localization field is displayed only if at least one localization is defined in Shipping taxes gt Localizations Short description product description with no length limit which is displayed on the product list page in the storefront T If you do not enter any text in the Short description field the first 300 characters of the Full description field will be used as a short product description PT This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor Popularity product popularity rating integer based on number of views in the storefront number of additions to cart and number of purchases The popularity rating is calculated automatically by the system but the administator can also set this option to any value Sorting of products in the storefront can be based on this rating If you change any parameters click on the Save button To cancel the changes click on the cancel link Also additional data can be specified using the tabs Image
224. items in the Events side box in the front end Gift Registry options General Event can be created by Registered customers gt Number of tems in Events J sidebox Save or cancel Gift Registry Click on Save to save the changes to the database if you made any Google Analytics is an advanced analytics tool which can automatically record your transactions Tracking code enter the Google Analytics tracking code NOTE the Google analytics tracking code is the value of the _uacct variable in the Google Tracking Code Track e commerce transactions tick off to enable tracking of transactions Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 243 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Google Analytics options General Google Analytics account number Track e commerce r transactions Save or cancel Google Analytics If you change anything click on Save to save the changes to the database To learn more about Google Analytics visit http www google com analytics Google Sitemap module generates the XML site map which makes website indexing easier for Google and other search engines A site map allows search robots to define the location of website pages the time of their last update and its frequency in order to index the website more effectively This is especially important for big stores with a large number of pages Include in sitemap tick off to include in sitemap Update
225. iting page About our company Ha Englished delete this page clone this page add page add link add form add pall General Blocks Addons Tags Comments SEO SEQ name about our company Comments and reviews Comments Communication and Rating Save or cancel Addons In the Tags tab you can set tags for this page The tags specified here are displayed in the Tag cloud side box in the storefront Popular tags tags that have already been added for the page My tags tags that have been added by you Also here you can add new tags for the page just type the necessary value into the input field and click on Save Note that the tab Tags is displayed here only if the setting Tags for pages is enabled in Administration gt Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 331 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Pages Editing page About our company delete this page clone this page add page add link add form add poll General Blocks ddons Tags Comments Popular tags company Information My tags company information x ah Save or cancel Tags If any type of communication is enabled in the Addons tab the Comments tab appears on the page The comments regarding the page and or page ratings are shown in this tab Here you can view comments posted by store administrators as well as customers back to Pages Editing page About our company delete this
226. itor p Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 350 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Date date the news item was added Show on separate page put a tick mark if you want the news to be displayed on a separate page Comments here you can enable discussion about the news You can allow communication rating or both rating and communication Status status of the news Active or Disabled When you have entered the desired data into the appropriate fields click on Save to add the news SEO names are automatically defined for news in the Addons tab A standard SEO name is the name of the news with spaces replaced by hyphens SEO names can be changed according to your wish and what is more a separate SEO name can be defined for each language of the store ey The SEO addon must be enabled in Administration gt Addons to be able to define SEO names Once the news item is added there appears the Blocks tab The blocks that were created in the News tab in Design gt Blocks are represented there To enable the necessary block tick off the Enable for this page check box Items of the block are displayed in the Listed items section If the block is filled manually follow the Add link choose necessary items in the pop up section and add them to the Listed items section To edit the parameters of a news item use the adit link in its row enter the desired information into the appropriate
227. ive the product is available for customers Disabled the product cannot be accessed by customers Hidden the product can be accessed by customers only by following the direct link After you have entered the desired information click on Search to start the search process Also the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top A successful search will display a list of the products matching all of your search criteria Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 87 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Go to page 1 previous 14 2 345 6 7 0 _ 13 next Total items 122 10 rT CODE NAME T PRICE 4 LIST PRICE QUANTITY STATUS 100 Cotton Adult Youth Beefy DO booor ee ee a 4 50 10 00 40 Active edit delete 5180 BOOO6IO 24 Seasons 1 3 199 94 199 94 50 Active edit delete Actiontec External USB Boooosu Home DSL Modem Bell 18 00 0 00 50 Active edit delete South E E0002 46 adidas Camp Tee 3 99 0 00 50 Active edit delete adidas Men s Avantis m Booo9aL e 22 99 0 00 50 Active edit delete Adidas Mens ClimaCool OD Booo eee 54 95 0 00 50 Active edit delete Adidas Mens ClimaCool p E EO0001K9 Macn Polar 49 95 0 00 50 Active edit delete Adidas Me
228. k mark in the Select column of the category you want to delete click on the Choose action link and choose Delete selected ey Be careful when deleting a category its subcategories and products will also be deleted automatically To edit a category click on the category name link and edit the following parameters Location whether it is a root level category or not If not choose its parent category Name name of the category Images Images are defined as pairs Thumbnail and Popup larger image You can download an image from a local computer or a server or enter a direct link to the image Also you can specify an alternative text Description description of the category that is displayed in the storefront right after the category name W This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor Page title you can define any title that will be displayed in the browser when viewing the category page in the storefront META description a specific Meta Tag description field for this category META keywords a specific Meta Tag keywords field for this category User groups user groups for which the category is available i e the users signed up for the selected groups have access to this category Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 77 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you tick off the Apply to all subcategories
229. ks collapsed extended is saved after the page reload Block position is saved with AJ AX To edit a block click on the edit link and change necessary parameters in the displayed pop up section To delete a block click on the mark of the block you want to delete Blocks displayed on all pages can be deleted only in the tab All pages Also the status of each block can be changed If the status is Disabled the block is not displayed in the customer front end Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 312 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Blocks Add block w English All pages Products Categories Pages Home page Cart Checkout News TOP LEFT SIDEBOX CENTRAL RIGHT SIDEBOX Shopping options My account x per blocksAvrappers mainbox general tol Information x eat Affiliate x Bestsellers x Tag cloud F Site news x My tag cloud x Content tags Mailing lists x Filling tag_cloud m 3 ice addonsftags blocksttag_cloud tpl Recently viewed per blocksAwrappers sidebox general tpl edit Pu baia SEE Feature x comparison BOTTOM Add block Blocks To add a new block click on the Addblock button and set up the following options Name name of the block Block content whether it will be a standard side box filling and appearance are already defined by the program or a list of some objects ty Standard side boxes are to be added on the Blocks page to be displayed in the customer front end
230. l PHP shopping cart software 3 gas I 4 Powerful PHP shopping cart software 3 0a UE i e m a e findex php subcats 7Stpe extended amp status A amp pshon Veptulleyekoname epkeywords YEr 5 Powerful PHP shopping cart software Search results 3 09 E findex php dispatch auth login form amp retum url index php Powerful PHP shopping cart software My account 9 09 eT E l e m i Page statistics In the Titles by visits tab you see titles of the pages the number of visits to the page or pages with this title Note that several pages can have the same title and the percentage ratio of visits Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 291 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Entry points tab gives information about the first pages of sessions The name and the title of the page the number of visitors who started their sessions with this page and the number of visitors in percentage terms are displayed there The Exit points tab provides information about the last pages of sessions There is Shown the name and the title of the page the number of visitors whose sessions ended on the page and its percentage equivalent In the tab Pages by visits you see names of the pages and their titles displayed by browsers the number of visits to each page and the percentage ratio between the pages Audience statistics gives various information about the visitors of the store Site attendance Wisit time R
231. l form submitted OLOS 00S 11 41 Last poll form submitted OLOS Z00S 11 41 Statistics by questions How often do you buy once a week E oo goods online wice a week 9 0 0 00 more offen 9 0 0 00 Poll statistics In the section Summary the following data is given Total number of poll forms submitted the number of poll forms submitted in the storefront Number of poll forms fully completed the number of fully completed poll forms First poll form submitted date and time when the first form was submitted Last poll form submitted date and time when the last form was submitted The values of Total number of poll forms submitted and Number of poll forms fully completed are links By clicking on them you will open a pop up section with the following information Date date and time the form was submitted User name of the user who submitted the form Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 343 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com IP IP address of the user who submitted the form Completed whether the form was fully completed To remove information about a poll click on mark of the poll you want to delete ey Each customer will be able to complete a poll only once This is tracked by IP addresses The questions of the poll all answers to these questions and percentage ratio of the answers are shown in the Statistics by questions tab The View answers link is displayed after the
232. lect if the tax rate will be included to the product price or not in the Price includes tax option b Under the Tax rates tab enter 8 25 into the Rate value input field and select Percent in the Type select box for the CA location You are able to define tax rates for other existing locations as well Then click on the Save button to save the changes In CS Cart taxes can be applied only to product prices and shipping charges not to subtotal a There is the Taxes option on each Editing product page in the admin area If some taxes are selected in the option they will be applied to the product at checkout If you need to apply the defined sale tax to all existing products in the store open the Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 405 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Manage taxes page select the check box next to the name of this tax click on the Choose action link and select Apply selected taxes to all products Please note when you add a new product it will not have any applied taxes by default b In order to apply the tax to a charge of any existing shipping method open the Shipping taxes tab click on the Shipping methods link choose the desired shipping method and click on its edit link There is the Taxes option on the page If a tax Is selected in the option it will be applied to the shipping charge at checkout Is it possible to offer customers a quantity discount Yes it is T
233. llowing parameters Name name of the combination Decsription description of the combination that will be displayed in the storefront Available from starting this date the combination becomes available Available till the last day when the combination is available Display in promotions if ticked off the combination will be displayed in the Promotions tab Status Active or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 113 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Editing combination combination General Products Name name of the combination Description Edit in visual HTML editor Available from 12 15 2009 Available till 12 31 2009 7 Display in promotions E Status amp Active Disabled Save Or cancel Editing combination General In the Products tab you will see the products that form the combination The following information is given for each product of the combination Name name of the product Quantity quantity of the product Price regular price set for this product Discount discount on the product if it is bought in this combination e by fixed amount the original price will be reduced by a fixed amount e to fixed amount the original price will be reduced to a fixed amount e by percentage of the original price the original price will be reduced by the specified percentage e to percentage of the original price the original price
234. llowing sections Required products and Periphery components can be specified If you make any changes for example change the name of the step or position click on Save To delete a step from the list Click on the delete link of the step To delete several steps at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete Click on Delete selected To add a new step use the Addstep button The Product groups tab consists of the following columns Select column select the necessary product group Name name of the group Step the step to which the group is assigned Display type select whether the group will be displayed as a check box select box radio group Status status of the product group Active available in the storefront Disabled unavailable in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 141 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Steps Product groups Compatibility classes Total items 7 f 10 NAME T STEP DISPLAY TYPE STATUS E Hard Disk Drives Required products Checkbox Active edit delete E Memories Reguired products Checkbox Active edit delete E Modems Periphery components Selectbos Active edit delete E Monitors Reguired products Selectbos Active edit delete E Motherboard Required products Radiogroup Active edit delete E Printers Periphery components Checkbox Active edit delete
235. luded in the shipment specify quantity of the product s in the Options section you can specify Shipping method Tracking number Carrier Comments for the shipment if the option Send shipment notification to customer is enabled the customer who placed the order will be notified of the created shipment after the necessary fields are filled tn click on Add To view the already created shipment s click on the View shipments link You will be taken to the Shipments page Orders gt Shipments If a product is assigned to a shipment it is marked as shipped on the Viewing order page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 30 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com New shipment PRODUCT QUANTITY Karma and Effect CODE BUUUS ASHC 1 Octavarium CODE B00094145 l Options shipping method Custom shipping method Tracking number Carrier Comments Send shipment notification to customer Add or cancel New shipment In the Addons tab you see the addon that can be enabled for orders This addon is given here if it is enabled in Administration gt Addons For orders this is Comments and reviews By setting the Communication field to Enabled you enable the addon for this particular order namely enable communication about the order The Communication tab appears in which you can add comments on the order The added comments will be available for the customer who placed this order
236. m automated systems Use it in order to make sure the one who completes the form on your site is human For this feature the following parameters can be specified Image width the width of the verification image Image height the height of the verification image String length the number of characters in the image Number of grid lines specify the number of lines in grid Grid color hexadecimal code define the color of the grid in the image Minimal font size specify the minimum font size used in the image Maximal font size specify the maximum font size used in the image String type choose whether the string will contain only digits only letters or both digits and letters Character shadows tick off to display character shadows Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 2 10 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Color tick off to display color characters in the image Path to background image relative to CS Cart root directory type here the path to the background image Do not use verification if user is logged in tick off to disable the verification for logged in users Do not use verification after first valid answer tick off to disable the verification after the first valid answer In the Use for section select the forms which the image verification will be applied to You can select among the following forms Login form Register form Custom forms Send to friend form C
237. mber of clicks and views are broken down into days Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 293 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Statistics Banners Ha Engish users online remove statistics Perioal Select dates IG S Type Table BANNER CLICKS VIEWS CONVERSION Build your PE 2 4G 2 04 details Banners statistics oe All statistical data regarding System Geography Referrers Pages Audience can be presented in different ways as a Table Graphic bar Graphic pie Also it is possible to limit the statistical data displayed on the page by using the Search section You can define the time period for which the search results will be displayed You can choose any of the given periods or define the search period by yourself Moreover for more detailed search results you can click on Advanced search options and set the following parameters Limit limit the number of entries that will be displayed Search phrase specify a search phrase Referrer URL specify a referrer URL URL specify URL of the page Page title specify a page title IP address specify an IP address User Agent specify a user agent Browser name specify a browser name Browser version specify a browser version Operating system specify an operating system Language specify a language Country specify a country Exclude if selected all the parameters specified above will be excluded from the se
238. me name of the page it is also specified whether it is a form text page poll or link Status status of the page Active the page is available for customers Disabled the page cannot be accessed by customers Hidden the page can be accessed by customers only by following the direct link w You can define the number of content pages displayed at a time as explained in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt CMS pages per page admin To specify the page ordinal number enter number into the Position field click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 326 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com For example entering 1 for Contact us and 2 for About our company will change the order of the pages in the Information side box in the storefront the Contact us form will be listed first w By default if there are no numbers in the Position field the pages will be listed in alphabetical order To delete a page text page link form poll either place a check mark in the Select column of the page you want to delete click on Delete selected or use the delete link in the page s row To edit a page text page link form poll click on its name and you will be taken to the page where you can edit all its parameters To add a page link form poll click on the corresponding button e Add page e F Add link F Add form
239. mount of money that is needed for placing an order Allow shopping for unlogged customers customers can add products to the cart without need of being logged in Disable anonymous checkout if the check box is ticked off customers can place orders without need of being registered in the store before the purchase Redirect customer to the cart contents page if non AJAX addition to a cart is used if this option is enabled and AJAX addition to cart is disabled the customer will automatically be taken to the cart contents page after adding the product to cart Allow customer to sign up for user group if this check box is enabled customers can sign up for user groups in the storefront Administrator must activate new user accounts if the check box is ticked off newly created customer accounts are inactive until the store administrator activates them manually User e mail is used as login tick off the check box in order to use e mail instead of username for logging in both for the storefront and administration panel Ask customers to agree with terms amp conditions during checkout if the check box is ticked off customers will be asked to accept terms and conditions at the checkout Allow customers to pay order again if transaction was declined when it is ticked off customers can attempt to make the transaction once again if the previous one failed One page checkout tick off to display all checkout
240. mpaign to which this newsletter is applied Status Active or Disabled Mailing lists choose a mailing list for the newsletter the subscribers of the chosen mailing list will receive the newsletter Users add subscribers from the list of store users by following the link Add subscribers from users Send to test e mail enter an e mail and do a test mailing by clicking on the send button To save the newsletter and its settings click on the Greate button To save the newsletter settings and send it to the specified e mail addresses click on the Save and send button To cancel the changes click on the cancel link Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 354 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com On the Newsletters page you can create newsletter templates pattern that can be used in your future newsletters campaigns for newsletters and autoresponders B5 Newsletters Templates Autoresponders Campaigns To add a newsletter template open the Newsletter templates page by clicking on the Templates link on the right of the page and use the Add template button To add an autoresponder open the Newsletter autoresponders page by clicking on the Autoresponders link on the right of the page and use the Add autoresponder button The created autoresponders can be assigned to mailing lists For more details refer to the Mailing lists chapter Click on the Campaigns link on the right of the p
241. ms 2 10 Delete selected Payouts In the search form you can search for the commission by affiliate by status open successful and by amount If you want to make the search results more precise click on Advanced search option The search form will be expanded and you will be able to search by the period Set a date range or select among the specified periods Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 392 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Also the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box next to the page title After any of the fields is filled in click on Search to display the search results The list of all payouts is represented as a table with the following fields Select column Affiliate full name of the user Amount commission amount Date date and time of payment Status whether the payment is already effected Successful or still open If you make any changes click on Save button To delete a payout from the list tick off the check box opposite the entry you want to delete click on Delete selected Click on wiew to open the Payout page of the affiliate Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 393 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com
242. n Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 36 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com After the fields are filled in click on Save to save the information If the customer Is registered you can use the Choose User link to enter his her information automatically You can search for the user by name company e mail username user group tax exempt address city zip postal code state province country tag ordered products When any of the fields is filled in click on Search User s information is displayed The following information is given Select column ID user unique identification number Username unique name identifying the user E mail user e mail address Name full name of the user Registered date and time of registration Type whether the user is a customer or affiliate Active shows whether the user is active or not Choose User l Hame Company E mail Advanced search options Total items 2 f 10 ID Username E mail Name Registered Type Active Affiliate O7 20 2008 Afiliate 11 47 ermal m Customer O62 272005 Customer 01 01 E 4 affiliate aifiliated company com 3 customer cUstomerdsomecompany com Customer w Total items 2 f 10 ne Choose or cancel Choose user To enter user information into the necessary fields tick off the radio button of the user Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 37 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com click
243. n ID the supplier s identifiation number E mail e mail of the supplier Username the name that a supplier must enter when logging in Name full name of the supplier Registered date and time of registration Type type of a user account Supplier Status status of the supplier s account Active or Disabled By following the View supplier products link you will see a page with all products of the supplier Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 157 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Total items 1 7 10 ID USERNAME NAMET E MAIL REGISTERED TYPE STATUS OS 04 2009 Tr 5 user 5 Suppliercicompany cam 17 24 supplier Active edit view supplier products select all Unselect all Total items 4 10 Delete selected or Export selected eee ee Supplier To delete a supplier account place a check mark in the Select column of the account you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit a supplier profile click on the link in either the E mail or Username columns of the account To add a new supplier account click on dduser and fill in the necessary information on the New profile page 5 4 6 Profile fields On this page you can edit all profile fields and add new ones You have the ability to make the fields mandatory or optional The Profile fields form is represented as a table with the following columns Select column Position ordinal number
244. n alternative text for the image T Icons downloaded for shipping methods are displayed in a special block To display the icons in the storefront remember to create a block where Block content set to Shipping methods To learn more about blocks refer to Design gt Blocks Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 173 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Shipping methods Editing shipping method Custom shipping method add shipping method shipping methods shipping settings General Shipping charges Name Custom shipping method cor Select a file or enter URL NO IMAGE AVAILABLE Local Server URL Alternative text Delivery time 3 5 days Weight limit lbs 0 00 Rate calculation Manual by defined location Realtime SHIPPING serice Test Weight ibs O Test p Taxes MW VAT suppliers supplier al E To select more than one entry left click the tem with the mouse while hold down the CTRL key To unselect an item left click the tem again with the mouse while holding dawn the CTRL key User groups i all 0 Guest 7 Registered 7 Wholesale Localization Europe al To select more than one entry left click the tem with the mouse while hold down the CTRL key To unselect an item left click the tem again with the mouse while holding dawn the CTRL key Status amp active O Disabled Save or cancel Shipping method properties Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 174 of 409 Copyrig
245. n be applied to each product individually on the Add new product page if you are adding a product or on the Update products page of already existing product To unset taxes from all products place check marks in the Select boxes of the taxes click on Choose action and select Unset selected taxes from all products To add a new tax use the 4ddtax button After defining general parameters and tax rates click on Save To delete a tax Click on the delete link of the tax To edit a tax use the edit link in its row to display the following pair of tabs General Tax rates Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 179 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Taxes Editing tax VAT General Tax rates Name YAT Reg number 1234242 Priority 1 Rates depend on Shipping address gt Status amp active Disabled Price includes tax C Save or cancel Tax properties To edit a tax rate use the Tax rates tab choose a location in the Location column o If you wish you can define additional locations as explained in the chapter Shipping Taxes gt Locations choose the tax value type in the Type column Absolute of Percent from product cost enter the tax value in the Rate value column click on Soave To cancel the changes click on the cancel link Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 180 of 409 Copyright
246. n tags to products Tags for pages if enabled there is the ability to assign tags to pages Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 260 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Tags options General Tags for products Tags for pages M Save or cancel Tags If you make any changes click on the Save button 5 6 3 Payment methods The Payment methods page allows you to customize completely the payment system of your store allows to modify or ban the existing methods and create your own ones This page contains a list of payment methods Names and statuses of the payment methods are given in the list Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 261 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Payment methods Credit card Active Phone ordering Active Check Active Fax Ordering Active Money Order Active C O D Active Purchase Order Active Personal Check Active Business Check Active Government Check Active Travellers Check Active Payment methods To delete a payment method click on delete the entry you want to delete To add a new payment method use the Add payment section fill in the necessary fields and click on Create Add payment tm cL to cL to cL in m to to to in B to CL E cL HOO eee 8 8 Add payment button In the pop up To edit a payment method click on the edit link of the method and edit the
247. n the Choose action link at the bottom and choose Delete selected or use the delete link in the product row To change the number of products in storage If no options are defined in the product Simply type the needed value into the Quantity field Otherwise click on edit in the Quantity field to open the Inventory form on which you will be able to set the quantity for each type of the product To edit a product click on the name of the product This will open the Editing product form in which you will be able to change product parameters All parameters are grouped into a number of sections Information Pricing inventory SEO Meta data Availability Extra Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 89 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Blocks ddons Features Tags Attachments Required products Reward points Information Name 100 Cotton Adult Youth Beefy T Shirt by Hanes Sty Main category Kids amp Baby Price F S o 4 o0 Full description Cotton Beefy T Shirt by Hanes 6 1 oz heavyweight 100 cotton preshrunk fabric Taped shoulder to shoulder Double needle stitched cover seamed collar hemmed Sleeves amp amp bottom Available in Adult amp amp Youth SIZES Status amp active Hidden Disabled Images Thumbnail displayed on products list and product details pages Select a file or enter UR
248. n the admin panel your store will Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 203 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com be closed but you can still access it by entering the following link http www your_company com index php store access key givemetheway To open the store again simply click on the Open store link it is not necessary to remove the word from the Access key to temporarily closed store field ey Please note that when the store is temporarily closed most real time payment systems e g PayPal do not work Initial order ID value enter order ID integer number that will be given to the next order placed in your store The number cannot be less than maximum order ID existing in the store Allow to create shipments tick off to allow the administrator to ship the order in different batches Settings General Enable secure connection at checkout SSL certificate E Is required to be installed on your server Enable secure connection in the administration panel a SSL certificate is required to be installed on your server Enable secure connection for authentication profile and E orders pages SSL certificate is required to be installed on your server Template debugging console E Alternative currency display format Show prices in selected currency only Weight symbol lbs Grams in the unit of weight defined by the weight symbol 453 4 Access key to temporarily closed store Use http way compan
249. n which the return was registered Here you can also set a limit on the search results with such parameters as order status status of the order for which the return request was made order ID or products of the order The system also allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 61 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Customer E mail Quantity OOo ee Advanced search options Return ID Action All actions gt Return status Approved Completed Declined Requested Period All gt Select dates search by order rder status Backordered Completed Declined Failed Cancelled open Processed Order ID any of O defined items Add Search cave this search as Name Save Search section Then follows a list of all existing return requests Select column ID return request identification number Status the current status of the request Customer the full name of the customer Date date and time when the request was submitted Action action chosen during return registration e g refund replacement Order ID identification number of the related order click on this link to open the
250. nding to your mail Login your login Password your password Incoming Mail the incoming mail server protocols POP3 and IMAP can be used to connect to the server SMTP Server the outgoing mail server Use SMTP authentication tick off to enable SMTP authentication automatic checking of outgoing mail Sign me automatically Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 295 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com After you are logged in you ll be taken to the page with the list of all incoming messages Here you can create new messages reply to the incoming messages mark messages as read unread or flag them etc cs CART Back to administrative area testiaidomain com Contacts Calendar Settings Logout New Message Check Mail Reload Folders Tree Reply Forward Mark s Read Mowe to Folder Delete w M 0 PA From Date w Size Subject gt Inbox 1 gt Green Alexander 01 16 09 9 43 AM 7KB test f Sent Items Ta Drafts Manage Folders 1 Message s in Folder Webmail CS Cart s webmail allows you to have an address book You can add your contacts and import them from other e mail clients in CSV format So following the Contacts link in the top menu bar you go to the page with all your contacts Here you are able to organize the contacts in groups and edit both groups and contacts Our webmail enables you to schedule your life and business The settings allow to choose the most suitable form of cal
251. ne clone section click on To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one Global product options can be applied to products in two ways Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 132 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 1 By using global options application form Apply to products Select options E Color E Size Apply Apply as link 7 Global options application form To choose the products to which the option should be applied click on the Apply to products link The form with the following sections is open a list of products Select options choose a necessary option First you define products to which global options will be applied Follow the Add products link and select products in the pop up section In this section products can be searched for by several parameters More information about the search parameters can be found in the chapter Products To select global option s which should be applied to product s use the Select options section To apply the selected global options to the products click on the Apply link The options will be copied to the Product options sections of the products If needed you could edit the copied options of some products If you want the added product options to reflect the changes made for global product ones you will need to add them as a link To do this tick off the Apply as link check box before
252. ne the search period by yourself Moreover for more detailed search results you can click on Advanced search options and set the following parameters User doer of the action Type Action specify in relation to what the log was created orders users products categories database requests news Also the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use Just set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 281 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Logs ai db backup restore php information clean logs settings Period Select dates Advanced search options Goto page 1 Total items 5f 10 TIME USER TYPE CONTENT OVOS2009 10 27 Admin Admin Users session User Admin Admin admingyourcompary cor 1 IP address 192 168 7197 ES 14292008 12 58 Admin Admin Users session User Admin Admin admingyourcompany corm 1 IP address 192 168 7 197 ES 14202008 15 29 Admin Admin Users session User Admin Admin admingyourcompany corm 1 IP address 192 168 7 197 ES TAB 008 110 Admin Admin Users session User Admin Admin admingyvourcoripany corrn G1 IP address 192 160 7197 ES TAS2008 12 16 Admin Admin Users session User Admin Admin admingyvourcoripany corr G1 IP
253. negative amount in inventory E Download key TTL or electronically a4 distributed products hours Low stock notification threshold T show products from subcategories of the E selected category Display modifiers for product options Iw Exception style Hide exception show out of stock products Iw Catalog In the Promotions section you can edit the following parameters Allow customers to use single discount coupon only if this option is enabled customers can use only one discount coupon If discount coupon is used don t apply other discounts if the option is enabled then when customers use a coupon other discounts applied to the product are nullified Promotions Allow customers to use single discount Iw coupon only lf discount coupon is used dont apply Iw other discounts Promotions Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 206 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Users cart section consists of the following elements Allow users to create multiple profiles shipping and billing addresses for one account a user can have multiple profiles For example he could have a profile for personal orders another for office use and another for ordering for friends and family Allow customers to store credit card data in profile tick off to allow customers to add their credit card data card number cardholder s name expiration date on the profile page Minimum order amount the minimum a
254. new section link use the Addlink button In the pop up section enter the necessary parameters and click on reate To add a new row with empty fields to the section click on Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 320 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new row with identical values to an existing one clone link click on g To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one 5 7 9 Template editor The Template editor page is aimed at those who wish to edit skin templates directly in their browser You can completely change look and feel of your store by using built in template editor For instance the template editor can be used to modify the design of the category pages in the way that cannot be achieved using the basic menu items T The template editor is JavaScript based so JavaScript must be enabled in your browser Template editor Current path skins M Show active skins only C shopmachine J sn J tov_store J arcleman J winnidou B base a htaccess C basic index php fei Delete Rename Restore from the repository Change permissions Edit Create file Create folder Upload file Template editor There are the following elements on the page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 321 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com the Current path field the Show active skins only check box Legend a list of skin direct
255. next to the shipping method Select Realtime in the Rate calculation field and UPS USA 3 Day Select in the Shipping service field Click on the Save button to save the changes Enter the desired value into the Weight lbs input field and click on the Test link next to the Shipping service field to make a test calculation of shipping charges Also under the Shipping charges tab you are able to define shipping charges which will be added to ones returned by real time shipping service if it is needed How to set up CS Cart with FedEx 1 Log tn to your administration panel open the Administration tab and click on the Settings link Click on the Shipping settings link on the right Disable the Disable shipping and Enable Intershipper check boxes if they are selected select the Enable FedEx check box and click on the Save button at the bottom to save the changes Open the Fedex tab to set up its settings Fill your FedEx credentials tn the Account number and Meter number fields For testing purposes select the Other packaging value in Package type the Regular pickup value in Drop Off Type and enter 10 in each Width Height and Length fields Click on the Save button to save the changes If you do not have your own FedEx meter number you can get it on the same page fill data in all the fields under the Retrieve meter number section if your address Is in the USA the value of the Cou
256. ng top menu If you make any changes don t forget to save the changes to the database by clicking on the Save button To specify the link ordinal number enter the desired number in the Position field click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 318 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com For example entering 1 for Contact us and 2 for About us in the example in the figure will change the order of the links in the storefront the Contact us link will be displayed first T By default if there are no numbers in the Position field links will be displayed in alphabetical order 5 7 8 Site map This page allows you to define sections with links to your store to be displayed on the Site Map page in the storefront The Site Map page contains a list of all site map items S ite ma p Add site map section site map settings Here you can define sections with links to your store to be displayed on the Site Map page in the front end _ P S SECTION NAME STATUS F 10 My account Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Add site map section Manage site map The list of defined sections is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column Position ordinal number of the section Section name Status status of the section Active available in the storefront Disabled not available in the storefr
257. nk you for choosing C5 Cart We wish you success in your e business lt Previous Summary After the installation process do the following e Rename or password protect the install directory for security reasons e Change the password in the administrator account You can do this in the administration panel using the Administrators link in the Users box Use the following links for access e http www my_site com index php storefront e http www my_site com admin php administration panel The default administrator login and password are as follows e username admin e password admin Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 2 1 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 4 CS Cart Architecture 4 1 Interfaces The CS Cart shopping cart software has different interfaces for the storefront and administration panel 4 1 1 Storefront interface Home abatis Corvtactis Gift certificates Promotions Steman Company logo CS CART Top links Horne Catalog My account View cart Search All categones i g YE Ciril ix empty Checkout Search section aT Welcome aa Build your PC Arik The Boa dirawatan shor powini Ey the CSc shopping carl solemn The CSC eo hull Computers ECommerce solution for smal to medum sred buanssses The software usss PHPS and Mya to provide am easy quick amd flewtble interface allowing you to produce a high functionality omine store in MILs mirabe T
258. ns ClimaCool zm EE a 54 95 0 00 50 Active edit delete L BOOO2LY Adidas Santiossage 13 49 0 00 50 Active edit delete Adidas Women s Attune D oieooo Oen 59 95 59 95 50 Active edit delete Select all Unselect all Go to page 1 previous 1 2 345 6 Z E _ 13 next Total items 122 10 Save or Choose action E Add product List of all products The list of all products is represented in the following way Select column selects the product Code internal product code Name name of the product Price product price List price manufacturer s suggested retail price it is used to show that your price is lower Quantity number of products in storage Status status of the product Active the product is available for customers Disabled the product cannot be accessed by customers Hidden the product can be accessed by customers only by following the direct link T You can define the number of products displayed per page in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Products per page To change product parameters Code Price List price enter the new values of the parameters Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 88 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com click on Save To look up product details click on the product name link To delete a product place a check mark in the Select column of the product you want to delete click o
259. nses prepare and send invoices prepare financial statements track Inventory and many other tasks Here are some parameters of a file exported to Quickbooks that you can set up Last Revised Jan 5 10 Price list options Page 250 of 409 ecommerce Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Quickbooks options General Transaction class name Website Retail Account to track taxes The Website Tax type ofthis account should be INC Account to track product Sales Product sales The type of this account should be INC Account to track shipping Sales Shipping cost The type of this account should be INC Account to track discounts Sales Discount The type of this account should be IN C Account to track the value Inventory Asset of your Inventory The type of this account should be OASSET Account to track the cost of Cost of Goods Sold your items sales The type of this account should be COGS Save or cancel Quickbooks Recurring billing Initial status for new recurring orders choose the order status that will be given to an order recurring order after it is placed Number of attempts after order failed number of attempts to process the order after it got the Failed status Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 251 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Next attempt if order failed number of days after which the next attempt to process the order may be made R
260. nt methods HTML catalog Database Credit cards Titles Currencies Import data Export data Revisions WWworktlow Logs parade center Statistics Store access Administration 5 6 1 Settings Settings consists of a number of sections which are all displayed on the right of the page Appearance Company Dynamic HTML E mails B General Google base Image verification Logging Reports Shipping settings Site map Thumbnails Upgrade center Settings Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 194 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 1 1 Appearance This option allows you to adjust the appearance of the storefront and the admin panel Administrator settings the admin panel parameters You can change the following parameters Administrator area default language the language in which all variables are displayed Orders per page the number of orders which are displayed per page as described in the Order chapter Products per page the number of products which are displayed per page as described in the Catalog chapter CMS pages per page the number of content pages which are displayed per page as described in the CMS chapter Elements per page the number of items which are displayed per page as described in the remaining chapters Administrator settings Administration panel default English language Cirders per page 10 Products per page 10 CMS pages per page 10 Elements per
261. ntry Zip postal code Ordered products Moreover the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this search as input field and click onthe Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box near the page title A list of all registered users is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column selects the user ID the user s ID number Username the name that the user must give when logging in Name full name of the user Registered date and time of registration Type type of a user account administrator customer affiliate Status status of the user s account whether the account is active or disabled By clicking On more you will see four options View all orders Act on behalf of Delete and Points By following the first one you can view all orders placed by this particular customer while following the second one you are taken to the storefront and already logged in under the customer s name By clicking on the Points link you are taken to the Reward points log page of the customer To delete a user account place a check mark in the Select column of the account you want to delete Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 150 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com click on Delete selected To edit a user pr
262. ntry field must be US not USA select the Tick off to get meter number check box make sure you have entered your FedEx account number and click on the Save button at the bottom If you fill in all the fields properly your own FedEx meter number will be retrieved from FedEx server and the Meter number field will be filled in automatically NOTE In order to use FedEx real time shipping calculations there must be PHP Curl Support on your server 2 Open the Shipping taxes tab and click on the Shipping methods link There is the FedEx 2nd day shipping method on the page if the default CS Cart configuration has not been changed yet Click on the Edit button next to the shipping method Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 404 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Select Realtime in the Rate calculation field and FedEx 2nd day in the Shipping service field Click on the Save button to save the changes Enter the desired value into the Weight lbs input field and click on the Test link next to the Shipping service field to make a test calculation of shipping charges Use real recipient and sender addresses for testing as FedEx uses address verification system Sender address company address that you are able to edit on the Company page of the Settings section in your administration panel Recipient address customer shipping address In case of testing shipping charges in the administration panel the addres
263. nts Users There are four user types Customers can access only the storefront This permits them to buy products and make reviews Administrators can access both the storefront and the administration panel Through the administration panel they can manage and configure the store Affiliates can log in to the storefront under their accounts and keep track of information concerning commission charges Suppliers provide the store with goods 5 4 1 Users This menu item allows you to view all user accounts Users au ER Hame Company E mail hs Search Advanced search options List of ALL user accounts Total items 3 10 ID USERNAME NAME fT E MAIL REGISTERED TYPE STATUS 0 21 admin fa admin yourcompany cam el Administrator Active 2 edit delete A afiliate ee aftiliatega company com oe Affiliate Active S edit more E r 3 customer eee customenrsomecompany com nn Customer Active edit more E Select all Unselect all Total items 3 10 Delete selected or Export selected Add user List of all user accounts Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 149 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com This section can help you to search for accounts by the following parameters Name Company E mail To make the search results more accurate use Advanced search options Login User group Tax exempt Address State province City Cou
264. ny of the search fields click on Search to display the search results The Orders page contains a list of all orders placed in the shop The following information is given for each order Select column here you can select the necessary order s ID order identification number kid If you wish you can change the initial value from which order identification numbers will count by using the following path Administration gt Settings gt General gt Initial order ID value Status order status the processing stage of this order Customer full name of the customer who placed this order E mail e mail address of the customer Date order registration date Total order total amount o You can change the number of orders shown on a page by using this path Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Orders per page The Status field has the following values Open an order that has been placed but not yet processed Completed an already processed order a seller got money and sent product to a customer Backordered a backordered order the order cannot be processed as the ordered item is not in stock at the moment Failed a failed order Declined an order which was declined by a Seller Cancelled an order which was cancelled by a customer Processed a processed order seller got money but product is not sent yet Decreasing status the status when
265. o display the Testimonials side box in the customer storefront it is necessary that a block with the content Testimonials is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 308 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com site layout General Testimonials Page ttle Cg Cart Powerful PHP shopping cart softwa Text displayed on the store gp align justify This is a demonstration store home page powered by the CS Cart shopping cart software The CS Cart is a full lt span style white space nowrap gt e commerce lt span gt solution for small to medium sized businesses The software uses PHPS and MySQL to provide an easy quick and flexible Interface allowing you to produce a high functionality on line store in minutes It is all 100 template driven lt p gt Edit in visual HTML editor web stares and e commerce enabled webstores is based on PHP PHPS with MySOL database with highly configurable META description The powerful shopping cart software for q META keywords cs cart cscart shopping cart cart online shop software e shop e commerce store php phos mysql web store gift Testimonials Communication and Rating Save Site layout 5 7 2 Logos Following the Logos link you go to the page where a logo image can be chosen for the customer area for invoices gift certificates the admin panel and the sign in box To select a file from a local compu
266. ocks The following parameters of the poll are given in the General tab I nformation Parent page choose whether it is a root level page or a subpage Name name of the form Description form description that is displayed in the storefront tis The field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p l Status status of the form Active Hidden or Disabled SEO Meta data Page title you can define any title that will be displayed in the browser when viewing the page in the storefront META description a specific Meta Tag description for this poll META keywords specific Meta Tag keywords for this poll Availability User groups user groups for which the poll is available Created date date of the poll creation Use available period if ticked off the form will be available only during the time specified below Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 339 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Available from the first day when the form is available Available till the last day when the form is available The contents of the Blocks Addons and Tags tabs are the same as for the text pages In the Poll tab you can edit the following parameters Allow respondents to see the poll results tick off to allow respondents to see the poll results Poll header enter the header of the poll Poll footer enter the foote
267. of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The By search engine tab provides a list of all search engines which were used by visitors who came to the store the number of visitors referred by each engine and the number of visitors in percentage terms In the Search words tab a list of all words or phrases which were entered in search engines is given The number of queries and percentage ratio are displayed for every variant Came from displays the search engines and the queries by which customers were referred the number of referrals and the percentage equivalent Came to shows the pages which customers were referred to the number of referrals to each page and the percentage equivalent In the All tab you can view all URLs from which the visitors came to the store the number of visits from each of them and the number of visits in percentage terms If it is a search system in addition to the URL the phrase entered into a search engine is shown Page statistics show page popularity among users All information is given in four tabs Titles by visits Entry points Exit points Pages by visits Titles by visits Entry points Exit points Pages by visits Type Table index php 5 1 Powerful PHP shopping cart software 45 iN index php subcats Vehpe extended status A amp 8pshon 7eptullayepname yepkevwords V7 ec 2 Powerful PHF shopping cart software Search results 12 12 j 3 Powerfu
268. of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com shipments au Customer Order ID Advanced search options Total items 2 f 10 C SHIPMENTIDS ORDERID SHIPMENT DATE ORDERDATE CUSTOMER F dl 1214 2009 12 14 2009 Customer Customer Y D 3 cc T E m i z 1411 2009 0318 2009 Customer Customer y T 3 cc T E Select all Unselect all Total items 2 f 10 Bulk print or Delete selected Shipments To delete a shipment click on the more and delete links of the necessary shipment To delete several shipments at once tick off the necessary shipments and click on Delete selected To print a packing slip of the shipment click on more and packing slip To print several packing slips at once select the necessary shipments and click on Bulk print To view shipment details click on view The information on the shipping carrier shipping and billing addresses customer s e mail telephone number and IP address products and their quantity is given on the shipment details page Also here are given comments on the shipment if any Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 53 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Shipments shipment details order 16 print packing slip delete Shipment 2 on 12 14 2009 by Custom shipping method FEX Billing address Shipping address Customer Customer Customer Customer 44 Wwlain street 44 Wlain street Boston Massachusetts 02134 Boston Massachu
269. ofile click on the link in the Username or Name columns of the user account To add a new user account click on the 4dduser button The New profile page will open There you can fill in the following fields The User account info section Username Password Confirm password Status Account type Tax exempt Language The Contact information section First name Last name E mail Phone The Billing address section First name Last name Address Address line 2 City Country State province Zip postal code If the shipping address is not the same as the billing address place a tick mark in the Ship to different address check box and you will be able to specify a different Shipping address ey The fields marked with are mandatory You cannot add a new account without entering the necessary information in these fields Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page L51 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com T If you wish you can configure the profile fields as explained in the chapter Users gt Profile fields After entering the desired data click on create to add a new user account The Addons tab can be shown on this page It is displayed if the Age verification addon is enabled in Administration gt Addons If you make any changes click on Save To cancel the c
270. oints earned per product section the administrator defines the number of points customers get for buying this product Override global category point value for this product if this check box is ticked off the values defined for the user groups below will prevail over those which are specified globally on the Reward points page and for the category on the category detail page User group list of all user groups in the store and options Guest and Registered for those who are not signed for any user group Amount number of points you set for the user group Amount type specify whether the set amount will be an absolute value points or percentage When Amount type is set to Percent the reward points are calculated in the following way the product price is divided into 100 and the result is multiplied by the number set in the Amount field General Images Secondary categories Options Cty discounts Files Blocks Addons Features Buy together Tags Attachments Required products Reward points Price in points M Allow payment by points Override global PER T Frice in points Foints earned per product Override globalfcategory point value For this product USER GROUP AMOUNT AMOUNT TYPE AIl T Absolute points Guest 0 Absolute points Registered 0 Absolute points Wholesale 0 Absolute points Save or cancel Reward points If you make some changes click on Save to sav
271. omments and reviews forms Checkout user information form To apply the verification tick the necessary forms click on Save Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 211 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Image verification Image width ipg Image height 25 string length z Number of grid lines 20 Grid color hexadecimal code CCCCCC Minimum font size 14 Maximum fant size 16 String type Mixed Character shadows E Color E Path to background image relative Browse to CS Cart root directory Do not use verification if user is a logged in Do not use verification after first Iw valid answer Use for Login form Iw Register farm Iw Custom forms lw Send to friend form Iw Comments and reviews forms mw Checkout user information form wf Image verification Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 212 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 1 8 Logging This feature allows you to enable or disable various types of logging in order to save information about some changes errors or events if necessary The log data can grow large so it is advisable to delete the log information periodically The log files are stored in the var log directory of your CS Cart installation Log files can be created in relation to categories database news orders products requests and users Requests HTTPS requests can be logged Users logs can be created when a new user Is created or
272. omotional Tools Affiliate program e E mail postal gift certificates e RMA Return Merchandise Authorization e Featured Related products cross selling e Ability to set up variety of promotions e Product reviews and ratings e Gift Registry wish list e One page checkout e Bestsellers e Send to friend feature e Reward points addon e Product filters e Ability to add tags Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 8 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com e Polls Merchandising Inventory e Full product stock control e Low stock notifications e Wholesale trade e Ability to set minimal order amount e List Price and Our Price options e Enabling disabling product inventory control e Extended import export of product database Shipping amp Tax e UPS FedEx USPS DHL Australia Post amp Canada Post real time calculations e Intershipper real time calculator e Customizable shipping surcharges e Unlimited custom delivery methods e Unlimited custom defined locations e Shipping restriction by location e Free shipping option e Drop shipping e Flexible shipping customization based on the number of items weight or order amount e Customers can choose delivery methods e Customizable tax calculation e Product specific taxes e Tax exempt feature Payment Gateways amp Methods e Full list of offline payment methods checks purchase orders phone orders and others e Real time credit card processing 50 integrated payment
273. onner a are five fo iad tno Prei a Ged brei The pira uiid Py aij PL p prgende i duty Quick 4nd s baoa Aag you fo adai 4 high huriy oria store m uke 1 minda JEE 1S fergie aa Apparai 5 This is MOT a live vhore Please DO NOT erber real orbit cand details when hert ortering from it Fee freq fo severe the sectiore of She shore fo me jet what Co Get cam co fo you Ar reve iw himaan piss welt eee coir t oom Fun Wali E Cau Pithi gt Featured products OCE ON Ba PZ Sa CHAE RIT Price 49 95 Price SP 5 Lior Track mp cece fc a r oo What e ccart gt Site news sk DODE WADED i IS Price 2 400 seameuennes Ahjus Mors Chruool Prine 4199 99 i 12 01 2005 an sid Damwoo ptiz dz APSA Sen eraill 5 lt Previous Next gt Shop outlook settings Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 19 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 6 Installing Skins Please have a bit of patience while the Installation Wizard is installing template files on your server You will be notified when the skin is installed successfully Creating directory skins basic adiminviews site_ layout Creating directory skins basic adminviews site_layout components Creating directory skins basic adiminviews skin_ selector Creating directory skins basic adminviews states Creating directory skins basic adiminviews static_ data Creating directory skins basic adiminviews statuses Creating directory skins basic adiminview
274. ont To add a new section use the Add site map section button After all the necessary parameters are entered click on the Create button to add a new section Each section can have the additional references which are displayed below the section name on the Site Map page in the storefront To display a list of these Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 319 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com references click on the adit link of the section You will see a table with the following columns Select column Position position in the list ordinal number Name name of the link URL URL to some page of the store back to Site map Section links Add link site map settings Here you can define links to be displayed below this section name on the site Map page in the front end POS NAME URL i 1i0 Edit profile index ohp dispatch profiles update delete 20 View cart Index ohp dispatch checkout cart delete m 30 Checkout index ohp dispatch checkout checkout delete m 40 Wish List Index ohp dispatch wishlist view delete Save or Delete selected Add link Section links If you change the value of any field click on Save to save your changes in the database To delete a link from the list click on delete of the link To delete several links at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To add a
275. oo DTS 42 42 h 2 499 00 NEC MultiSync LOD19154 19 499 99 Total 5 5 587 93 Total items 1 10 User carts To display the cart content details or wish list details click on the plus sign next to the customer s name The name quantity and price will be shown for each product in the cart 5 4 8 User groups If you wish you may define different groups of customers This feature in the CS Cart shopping cart software allows you to provide some of your customers with access to special features special categories different wholesale prices different shipping methods Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 161 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com different payment methods You can restrict access to these features using their User groups fields as explained in the corresponding chapters User groups Add user group Ha Englished user group requests E USER GROUF TYPE STATUS E Administrator privileges Administrator Active edit delete E Wholesale Customer Disabled edit delete Delete selected Add user group User groups The page contains a list of existing user groups The list of user groups is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column selects the user group User group name of the user group Type type of the user group Administrator Customer Status status of the user group Active Disabled Hidden To delete a user
276. opyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 3 8 Reward points If you want to reward your clients for purchasing in your store you can do this using the Reward points section If customers buy products they get some bonus points on a special account Saving up some number of points on the account the customers will have an opportunity to buy something and pay for it by points If the product price in points is too high and they do not have enough points on your account you will be able to apply any number of points and the price will be reduced a new product price will be calculated automatically Moreover you can set different reward programs for different customers because there are three ways of setting reward points Reward points can be assigned to a particular user group a category and a product itself If the customer is assigned to the user group for which reward points were defined he can get points by buying products in the store If reward points are defined for a category customers can earn points by purchasing any product of this category And of course if the customer buys a product for which reward points are defined all these points are credited to the customer account Note It is necessary that payment by points should be allowed for a product so that customers can apply their points Administrator allows such a payment on product detail page in the Reward points tab Reward points customers Points earned per product
277. ories the Create file button the Create folder button the Upload file button As soon as the page is open the content of the skins directory will be displayed To indicate which directory you should enter to edit the look and feel of customer or administration areas some directory icons are marked with different colors The skin directory with operational customer and e mail templates has a green Icon The skin directory with operational administrator templates has a pink icon The skin directory with operational administrator customer and e mail templates has a green and pink icon By default the Show active skins only check box is ticked off so only directories with active operational customer and administrator templates are displayed Click on directory icon or double click on the directory name to open a list of its subdirectories since the editor is JavaScript based only the list of subdirectories will be reloaded and not the whole page Click on directory name to display a section containing the following list of available operations for the directory Delete Click on Delete link to delete the directory Rename Click on Rename link to rename the directory You will need to enter a new filename into the pop up window and click on Ok button Restore from the repository Click on Restore from the repository link to restore all subdirectories and templates of this director
278. orm a user of the change to the account remove a tick mark from the Notify customer check box Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 155 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Click on Change to apply the changes 5 4 4 Affiliates On this page you can both manage edit delete add and control all affiliate accounts of the store Total items 1 10 ID USERNAME WNAMET E MAIL REGISTERED PE STATUS Affiliate 07 20 2008 l 4A afiliate Affliate atilategicompany com 11 47 Affiliate Active edit more El Select all Unselect all Total items 4f 10 Delete selected or Export selected Add user List of affiliate accounts A list of registered affiliates is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the necessary affiliate ID the affiliate s identification number Username the name that the customer must enter when logging in Name full name of the customer Registered registration date Type type of a user account Affiliate Status status of the account Active or Disabled T You can define the number of user accounts displayed per page as explained in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Elements per page To delete an affiliate account place a check mark in the Select column of the account you want to delete click on Delete selected Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 156 of 409 Copyright 2
279. osts about the events In the post you can describe the event evaluate it etc Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 169 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Products Notifications Guestbook Total items 4f 10 Admin Admin IP address 192 168 7 106 Super 05 05 2009 09 40 gt Delete 7 Disapprove Approved Total items 1 10 Save or Delete selected Add post Guestbook To add a new event click on the Addevent button After filling in the fields click on the Create button to add the event If the existing fields of the form don t satisfy all your requirements you can add specific fields You can do it by using the custom event fields link at the top Additional fields are presented on the page in the following way Select column Position ordinal number of the field Description name of the field Type select whether the new field will be represented as a select box date radio group check box input field text area Required tick off the check box if you want this field to be mandatory to fill in Status status of the field Active or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 170 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Events Custom event fields POS DESCRIPTION E 10 Occasion Save or Delete selected To add a new field use the Last Revised Jan 5 10 TYPE REQUIRED STATUS Textarea z Active Field Editor Addfield
280. otice updated in all Scripts acdtiin php Script name was hardcoded in menu xml Replaced with placeholder Number of news to display in plain list can be defined now News addon the Cancel link did not work on the news details page Fixed Addons incorrect field type was used for states list Fixed Wish list addon options images were not displayed Fixed Language selector was displayed incorrectly in Opera browser Fixed Upgrade center incorrect redirect was performed after reverting upgrade Fixed Several popups did not work in IE Fixed Install Upgrade center Packages First your store will be checked for the modified files When it is checked you will see the following notification if there are no modified files Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 284 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Upgrade center Check settings Your CS Cart version has been checked successfully lt is ready for upgrade Continue Upgrade center Check In case there are some modifications the system provides a list of files containing these modifications back to Upgrade center Check settings The following files have local modification They will be backed up and you need to resolve conflicts manually after upgrade skins basicfcustamermain tpl Continue Upgrade center Check When your current version is checked you will see the following notification Cl
281. oupon where you select promotion A So if a customer gets promotion B then a coupon code is automatically generated for promotion A and sent to the customer Later on the customer will be able to use promotion A by applying this coupon Points on user account specify the number of points on a user account Bonuses for cart promotions can be the following Order discount give a discount on the order Discount on products give a discount on the chosen products Discount on all products in categories give a discount on all products of the chosen categories Give user group grant a user group to the customer Give coupon grant a coupon to the customer Free shipping grant a free shipping Free products give free products Gift certificate give a gift certificate Give points add points on a user account If you change anything click on Save to save the changes to the database If you do not want to save the changes click on cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 139 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 3 7 Configurator Configurator is a module that allows you to create and sell compound products or systems that can consist of many interchangeable or optional components like computer systems home cinemas etc It is also intended for creating sets of products for example suits accessories sets etc The customer can define by himself herself what components the complex
282. our proxy port e g 8080 Proxy user proxy username Proxy password Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 208 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Proxy server for outgoing connections Proxy host Proxy port Proxy user Proxy password Proxy settings Search options Search also in tick off the corresponding options to make a search in Pages Site news search options Search also in 7 Pages 0 Site news Search options To save the changes in the database click on Save 5 6 1 6 Google base CS Cart has the ability to export your product catalog in Google format and upload it to its server automatically CS Cart can upload the exported catalog to Google server only if PHP is configured with enable ftp key on your server In order to check whether this option is enabled on your server open the PHP information page or contact your hosting provider Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 209 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Google base Google hast Uploads google com Google login Google password Save Google base The Google base section consists of the following fields Google host uploads google com by default Google login your Google account login Google password your Google account password If you edit the value of some fields click on Save to save the changes 5 6 1 7 Image verification Image verification is added to prevent spam fro
283. page clone this page add page addlink add form add poll General Blocks ddons Tags Comments Total items 1 10 Michael IF address 192 166 7 156 Rating Excellent Impressive growth 05 08 2009 11 11 Delete 7 Disapprove Approved Total items 1 10 Save or Delete selected Add post Comments Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 332 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 8 1 2 Links By clicking on the link name you go to the page Editing link Here you will be able to edit the link parameters All the parameters are grouped into two sections Information and Availability Information Parent page choose whether it is a root level page or a subpage Name name of the link Page URL link to the page in the storefront Open in new window tick off to open the link in a new window Status status of the link Active Hidden or Disabled back to Pages Editing link Link to TOP category delete this page clone this page add page add link add form add pall General Blocks Tags Information Parent page Root level Mame Link to TOP category Page URL Atte www domain com index pho dispatch categories Qpen in new window m Status Active Hidden Disabled Availability User groups i al Guest 7 Registered Created date 11 12 2009 Use available period E Avallable fror Available till Greate or cancel Editing link Last Revised Jan 5 1
284. page 10 Administration area settings Customer settings storefront parameters This section includes the following parameters Customer area default language language in which all variables are displayed in the storefront Orders per page number of orders displayed per page Products per page number of products displayed per page Thumbnail width on product list page leave empty to use original size Elements per page number of items displayed per page Number of columns in the product list specify how the products will be displayed on the products list pages in 1 column 2 columns etc This option is applicable to the Grid product list layout Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 195 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Notice displaying time to turn off the autohide function enter 0 specify how long in seconds a notification is displayed after a customer adds a product to cart to wishlist to compare list Product list default sorting specify how the products on the products list pages will be arranged Default Name by name in alphabetical order Price in ascending order of price lowest to highest Popularity by popularity rating highest to lowest Bestselling by the number of sold items highest to lowest Estimate taxes using default address on cart checkout pages if this check box is enabled and a customer hasn t entered any information about himself the taxes will
285. pages In the tab Form builder you create the form itself and add the fields of the form Form submit text text displayed after submitting the form T This field also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p E mail to e mail to which the form will be sent Form is secure SSL tick off to make the form transfer secure Then follows the section with a list of defined fields of the form Position define position of the field in the form ordinal number Name name of the field Type display type of the field All display types are divided into Base and Special Base types include check box header title input field multiple check boxes multiple select box radio group select box separator separating line text area Special forms include date represented as month day year select boxes e mail only valid e mails can be entered number only digits can be entered phone countries list states list file represented as a form allowing to attach a file from local computer or from the Internet to the message If the display type presupposes some variants to select from the Description field will be displayed below for such variants You will be able to add as many variants as you want by using the plus mark Required tick off if the field is mandatory to fill in Status status of the field Active or Disabled Last Revised
286. password admin admin and restore the database backup file you created at step 3 on the Restore tab of the Database page As a result you will have the same copy of CS Cart on the new server Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 409 of 409
287. phy statistics detail information about countries cities languages and IP addresses Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 289 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Languages IP Addresses Countries Type Table in 4 192 168 0 70 Proxy 0 0 0 0 EE oo 2 3 tal cr a E 9 192 168 5 35 Proxy 0 0 0 0 lt 16 6755 Geography statistics In the Languages tab the languages used by people who visit the store are presented In the tab there are displayed the names of the languages number of people using them and the percentage equivalent In the IP addresses tab all IP addresses of the customers who entered the store are displayed But sometimes it is not just an IP address but a proxy server address Also you can see the number of visits from each IP address and the percentage value In the Countries tab you see the countries from which the visitors came the number of visitors from each country and their percentage value Referrer statistics are represented by six tabs By domain By search engine Search words Came from Came to All By domain By search engine Search words Came from Came to lI Type Graphic Bar chart by amCharts com httg Snastya dey simtechs 100 Referrer statistics The By domain tab gives information about the domains from which the customers came the number of visits from each domain and its percentage equivalent Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 290
288. ping address line 2 Shipping city Shipping state Shipping country two letter country code e g US it can be found in the first column on the Manage countries page Shipping zipcode Extra fields additional fields in the format Field value Field2 value Field3 value 5 6 9 Export data The CS Cart shopping cart software also includes the ability to export the catalog as a csv file using the Export data page There are four links on the right of the page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 279 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Orders B5 Products Translations Users The links direct to the pages with a tab or tabs Each tab consists of two sections General the section where you specify the fields the export file will contain and Export options In the Export options you specify the parameters for exporting process All the possible parameters are Language choose a language in which the data will be exported Product type choose what sort of product it is brushes briefcases etc Condition indicates the condition of the products you are selling new used refurbished used only for export to Google Base Category delimiter enter the delimiter that is used when specifying the main category of the product e g Computers Desktops Images directory directory where images are located It will be used if image file is specified witho
289. pons Multi tier affiliates In the tab General you can edit the following parameters Name name of the affiliate plan Description plan description Life span of customer cookie days if the value of this option is defined then it is not necessary for the customers to make purchases or register on their first visit of the store for the affiliate to receive a commission The information about the affiliate will be kept within the number of days specified Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 380 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 9 It can be done if cookies are enabled in the customers browsers Initial incentive balance if you want to set an incentive payment for the affiliate enter the sum here Minimum commission payment minimum amount paid to the affiliate you cannot pay out commission until it is the amount defined here Commission calculation based on product price if enabled then the commissions for the affiliate who has redirected the customer are calculated according to the product price The commissions for other affiliates will be charged from the product price according to the rates specified in the Multi tier affiliates tab Show orders tick off to make the order number to be the link to the Order info page Coupon commission should override all the others put a tick if you want a coupon commission to cancel other commissions Status status of the plan
290. pping method Length Width Height Dimensional unit Nature of Shipment Contents Package type Package CODValue in cents Package InsuredValue in cents Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 222 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Shipping settings Canada Post HL Main Australia Post Password Username Type of delivery shipping method Length Width Height Dimensional unit Nature of Shipment Contents Package type Fedex Intershipper Swiss Post Commercial Delivery Drop Off At Carrer Location 0 0 Inches Other Box Package COD Yalue in cents T Package Insuredv alue in cents T Save Intershipper parameters tab Swiss Post the Swiss parameters tab contains the following fields International settings Additional insurance for URGENT goods up to CHF 3000 Registered mail Acknowledgement of delivery for registered mail only Personal delivery for registered mail only Cash on delivery for registered mail only Additional insurance up to CHF 3000 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 223 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Bulky goods Cash on delivery ECONOMY only Manual processing Private customer settings Manual handling Fragile Signature Assurance Personal Cash on delivery COD Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 224 of
291. r Addresses You are able to use wildcards in this field any single character any number of characters Example street corresponds to 1st Street 102nd Street etc Addresses After entering all of the desired location information click on Save i 5 5 6 Localizations Localization is a means of adapting the software to regional differences Using the feature you can adapt the store for a specific region with its currency language and measures of weight You create a certain localization e g Europe define a specific measure of weight e g kg if necessary then select countries that will constitute the localization select currency e g Euro and language for this localization Click on the Save button and the localization will be created Also on the corresponding pages you can define what categories products store locations shipping methods credit cards and locations will be defined for this localization When a customer registers or signs in the system identifies whether the country specified in his her profile fits any localization If yes the parameters will be displayed according to the settings of the localization Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 190 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ey Do remember to define products and categories for the localization otherwise no products will be displayed for customers of this localization in the storefront On the page is given a list of
292. r links To type the URL of the file click on the URL link Also you can define an alternative text both for Thumbnail and Popup larger image ey The maximum total image size will depend on the parameters of your server Generally it is 2 Mb In order to be certain contact your server administrator Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 91 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Pricing inventory Product code BOOOFEMGSM List price f 10 00 In stock 40 fero price action Do not allow to add the product to cart Inventory Track without options Minimum order quantity T Maximum order quantity T Guantity step T List quantity count T Weight Ibs 0 00 Free shipping E Shipping freight hi 0 00 Taxes Iw VAT Editing product Product code identifying code of the product List price market price of the product Price currency is displayed in round brackets after the field name For example List price or List price In stock number of products in storage PT If you wish to continue selling products even when there are none in stock see the chapter Administration gt Settings gt General gt Allow negative amount in inventory Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 92 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ey Be sure that stock control is enabled see the chapter Administration gt Settings gt General gt Enable inventory tracking so that the quantity is automa
293. r of the poll Poll message message displayed in the storefront after poll is completed General Blocks Addons Poll Questions Poll statistics Allow respondents ta see D the poll results Foll header Edit in visual HTML editor Pall footer Edit in visual HTML editor Foll message Edit in visual HTML editor Save or cancel Poll A question or questions of a particular poll are given in the Questions tab Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 340 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Blocks Gddons Tags Poll Questions Poll statistics How often do you buy goods online edit delete Add question Questions To delete a question click on delete of the question you want to delete To edit a question use the edit link To add a question click on the Add question button The New question pop up section will open It contains two tabs General and Answers Editing question How often do you buy goods online General Answers Question text How often do you buy goods online Position Type Select single option Required E Save jor cancel Editing question Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 341 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Question text the question itself Position position of the question in the list Type define whether customers will have to give a textual answer select only a Single option one or more options when
294. r on the contrary don t have to be bought to get a promotion Products specify products that have to be bought or don t have to be bought to get a promotion Users specify users who can get the bonus Product feature specify product features User group specify user groups that can get the bonus Points on user account specify the number of points on a user account Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 137 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Each condition can be deleted by clicking on mark u back to Promotions Editing promotion DVD 5 off General Conditions Bonuses Product discount by percentage of the original price gt 10 Add bonus Save or cancel Bonuses In the Bonuses tab you define bonuses that will be applied The only bonus that can be set for a catalog promotion is a discount on a product This discount can be set in 4 different ways and the price of the product can be reduced to some percentage of the original price by some percentage of the original price to some fixed amount by some fixed amount Conditions for cart promotions can be set in relation to Product price choose whether the product price has to be equal not equal to less than or equal to greater than or equal to less than greater than the amount specified by you Categories specify categories products of which have to be bought or on the contrary don t have to be bought to
295. ra EU Active AO AGO 24 Angola AF Active Al AIA 660 Anguilla LA Active AQ ATA 10 Antarctica AN Active AG ATG 28 Antigua and Barbuda LA Active Goto page 1 i previous 12 3 4 5 67 8 25 next Totalitems 243 10 _ Save Manage countries T You can specify the number of countries displayed per page as explained in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance Elements per page 5 5 5 Locations The dialog box produced by clicking on the Locations link contains a list of defined locations The list of defined locations is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column select the location Name name of the location Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 184 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Status status of the location Active the location is enabled and products can be shipped to this location Disabled if the location is disabled products cannot be Shipped to this location Locations Add location NAME STATUS P Default destination tall countries Active edit E Canada Active edit delete E USA Active edit delete Save or Delete selected 4 Add location Locations To edit location parameters name status define the desired parameters click on Save To add a new location use the Add location section When all parameters of the new location are defined click on Save to add the new location To delete a locat
296. rameters enter the desired information in the appropriate fields click on Save To add a new state use the Add state button After entering all of the desired information in the pop up form click on Create to add the new state To delete a state from the list click on the delete link of the state Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 182 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To delete several states at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected 5 5 4 Countries The form produced by clicking on the Manage countries link contains the following columns Code 2 digit code assigned to the country Code A3 3 digit official code representing the name of the country in accordance with ISO Code N3 numeric code of the country Country name of the country Region part of the world where the country is situated Status status of the country Active available e g in the registration form in the storefront Disabled unavailable in the storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 183 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Manage countries Goto page 1 i previous 12 345678 25 next Totalitems 243 10 CODE CODEA3 CODEN3 COUNTRY REGION STATUS AF AFG 4 Afghanistan AS Active A 0 Aland Islands Active AL ALB 8 Albania EU Active DZ DZA 12 Algeria AF Active AS ASM 16 American Samoa AU Active AD AND 20 Andor
297. rating or both can be enabled in the Comments and reviews section If you make any changes click on Save To cancel the changes click on cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 8O of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Blocks Addons Layout Reward points Reviews Age verification Age verification M Age limit 16 years Warning message Comments and reviews Reviews Communication Save or cancel Addons In the Layout tab you can select how the products of the category will be displayed Use custom layouts enable this option to be able to specify a layout for the category Product columns specify whether the products will be displayed in one column or two columns etc Note that this option is used only for the Grid layout but you can also use it in your own custom layouts Available layouts tick off available layouts for this category Default category layout set the default layout for this category If you make any changes click on Save To cancel the changes use cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 81 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Blocks Hddons Layout Reward points Reviews Use custom layout M Product columns T Available layouts List I Grid I Compact list Default category layout List Save or cancel Category layout In the Reward points tab you specify the number of points customers will get for buying any product of this cat
298. rds or labels that you add to an item make it easier to find it later Tags help to group items that have something in common All the tags defined by the store administrator are displayed alphabetically in the Tag cloud side box of the storefront and are links to the products or pages they are assigned to ey To display Tag cloud side box in the customer storefront it is necessary that a block with the content Tag cloud is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 347 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Customers also can create their own tags for the store products and pages that will be shown in a separate box My tag cloud Besides next to the tag customers will see the number indicating the number of items to which the tag is assigned ey To display My tag cloud side box in the customer storefront it is necessary that a block with the content My tag cloud is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Tags All Add tag Tag Show All xl Search Advanced search options Total items 4 10 TAG T POPULARITY USERS PRODUCTS PAGES STATUS E Blues i 2 a 1 Approved fs delete 0 Books 7 1 0 Approved delete E Hard Rock if 5 0 Approved r delete m Music g 1 U Approved delete Total items 4 10 Save or Choose action E Addtag Tags Here is given a complete list of tags created in the store both by customers and administrators
299. refront in the Files tab Activation mode set when the purchased product can be downloaded Immediately immediately after the purchase After full payment when the order has the statuses Processed or Completed Manually manually by the administrator Max downloads maximum number of downloads available License agreement text of the license agreement Agreement required define whether it will be required to accept the license agreement at checkout or not Readme this text will be in the Readme file of the product wi The fields License agreement and Readme contain tools for text editing If you To add a new entry click on To add a new entry with file links identical to an existing one clone a link click on g gt To delete an entry click on You can delete all the rows except the last one In the Blocks tab you see all blocks defined for a product details page in Design gt Blocks gt Products On the page you have the ability to add blocks that will be displayed only on the details page of this particular product Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 108 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Order of the blocks in the Product details page tabs section can be changed by using the drag and drop feature So the positions on these tabs can be set for each product individually General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Blocks Addons Features Tags Gttachments
300. res form A list of all non standard product fields is represented on the page Name and Status are given for each product feature Moreover features can be grouped for convenience of the administrator thus the administrator can change the settings for the whole group at once but not for every single feature Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 124 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Product features A Ungrouped features Format Active edit delete Size Active edit delete ISBN Active edit delete New features Active edit delete Manufacturer Active edit delete Audio formats Active edit delete Add feature Add group Product features T You can define the number of product features displayed per page in chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Elements per page To delete a product feature or a group click on delete of the entry you want to delete To edit a product feature click on the adit link and you will be able to change the following parameters Name name of the feature Position position of the feature in the list ordinal number Description product feature description If a description is given in this field a Sign is displayed on the product details page in the storefront in the Features tab If a customer clicks on s he will see the provided description in a pop up window Type field type You can choose from the following types
301. right 2004 2010 CS Cart com row AS soon as all variants are filled in you should click on the Create button at the bottom The added product option will be displayed on the product list and product details pages in the storefront How can I create a downloadable product in CS Cart Log in to the CS Cart admin panel open the Catalog tab then click on the Products link Click on a product name in the list or add a new product The Editing product page will be open In order to make a product downloadable select the Downloadable check box Select the Enable shipping for downloadable products check box if it is required to display a shipping method for the product Select the Time unlimited download check box if you would like to make the product time unlimited downloaded Click on the Save button Open the Files tab and click on the Add file button to upload your file s and choose downloading settings The uploaded files are stored in the file system under the var downloads directory of the CS Cart installation The Download link will be displayed on the order details page after placing the order with a downloadable product The link redirects to the page with the uploaded file name After the activation of download the uploaded file name becomes a link by clicking on which a customer can download the file A customer will receive an email with the link to the purchased file after the activation of download a
302. rlcom Porevered by Gear Semen Sarl Sell srsre Storefront interface The layout can vary greatly depending on the addons or information blocks enabled More information about the addons and blocks can be found in the chapters Addons Administration gt Addons and Blocks Design gt Blocks W You can change the store outlook and locations of the elements listed above by yourself or make use of our design integration service for more information please visit http www cs cart com Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 22 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 4 1 2 Administration interface The administration panel is where you control and configure the shop by setting up options processing orders managing inventory and users The structure of the admin panel can be conditionally divided into 3 parts the top menu the main content area and the bottom panel jew STOREFRONT admin sign out gt Quick menu Administration Shipping taxes Design Content Affiliate Summary 3 Latest orders Inventory E Order 80 by Customer Customer for 67 50 Category inventory Total 35 Hidden 0 Active 35 Disabled 0 E Order 50 by Admin Admin for 681 10 E Order 79 by Customer Customer for 44 43 Product inventory Total 122 Downloadable 0 E Order 78 by Customer Customer for 52 15 Configurable 1 Out of stock 4 as In stock 118 Hidden 0 lg Order 6
303. roup To delete several groups at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected Using the section Add group for categories you can add a new group for categories First you need to give the name of the group then select categories for it and click onthe Greate button To edit the parameters of the existing group click on the edit link In the Group for products tab there are the following columns Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 370 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Select column Name name of the group Products URLs to the products that constitute a group Status status of the group Click on Save if you make any changes To delete a group for products click on the delete link of the group To delete several groups at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected Using the section Add group for products you can add a new group for products First you need to give the name of the group and define its status then click on Add products The Add products pop up section will appear on the screen Select products for the group there and add them to the group To edit the parameters of the existing group click on the edit link Product groups Group for categories NAME Ts group product Save or Delete selected Last Revised Jan 5 10 G
304. roup the type of a user group that can view this discount To delete a wholesale price click on the sign of the price you want to delete You can add a new wholesale price using the button To add a new row click on To add a new row with values identical to an existing one clone a wholesale price click on To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one In case of electronically distributed products the Files tab allows you to load files that will be downloaded by customers General Images Secondary categories Options Oty discounts Files Blocks ddons Features Tags ttachments Required products Reward points File Active edit delete F Add file Names of the files and their statuses Active or Disabled are given in the list To delete a file Click on the delete link of the entry you want to delete To edit a file click on the edit link of the entry you want to edit Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 107 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To add a new file to the list click on the 4ddfile button and define the following parameters Name name of the file Position position of the file in the list File load the file You can download a file from a local computer or a server or enter a direct link to the image Preview load a preview file that can be downloaded by customers from the product details page in the sto
305. roup for products RL PRODUCTS STATUS Nike Attest Vl HP IPAG R271715 Pocket PC LINGO TR 2205 Pacifica Talk Talking Translator PalmOne Active edit delete LifeDrive Mobile Manager Add group for products Group for products Page 371 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com In the URL tab there are the following columns Select column Name name of the group URL URL address Status status of the group Active or Disabled Click on Save if you make any changes To delete a URL click on the delete link of the URL To delete several URLs at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected Using the Add url group section you can add a new URL First you need to enter into the corresponding fields the name of the group and URL and then click on Create Product groups Group for categories Group for products URL NAME URL STATUS M url group 2 http furl group corm Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Add url group URL To edit the parameters of the existing group click on the edit link Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 372 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 9 2 Banners On the Banners page you can create different kinds of banners text banners graphic banners and product banners The links to the corresponding sections are on the right of the page By clicking on Banner
306. row with empty fields to the section click on To add a new row with identical values to an existing one clone section click on g To delete a row click on You can delete all the rows except the last one When buying a product the customer chooses the necessary combination of product parameters For example M L XL sizes and white black red green colors are available for a T shirt The customer chooses among these option variants a white T Shirt in size L But the white T shirt in size L isn t in stock In order to ban this combination in the storefront you can define certain exceptions using the Exceptions p link in the Product options section Click on the Exceptions link to open the Exception page The page contains a list of exceptions To add a new exception click on Add combination and in the pop up section specify a combination back to 100 Cotton Adult Youth Beefy T Shirt by Hanes Style 5180 Exceptions Add combination COMBINATION E Clothing Size Mens Small 34 36 Color Ash Delete selected Add combination Exceptions Exception combination is a combination of product variants which isn t available for customers in the storefront You can choose not to display exceptions in the storefront or show a warning when a customer selects the exception Admimnistration gt Settings gt General Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 104 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 C
307. rship fees subscription services hosting plans etc With the help of this addon you are able to bill customers on a regular basis To set the billing process it is necessary to create a recurring plan and assign products to it A wide range of options allows to make the process more flexible and sell subscription based products or services on various terms and conditions namely define initial product prices billing frequency and time period Recurring plans can be applied to any number of products and each individual product can also be associated with several subscription plans A list of existing recurring plans is given on the Recurring plans page The following parameters are given for each plan Select column here you can select the necessary plan Title name of the recurring plan Recurring period how often the payment should be made annually quarterly monthly weekly by period Status status of the plan Active Disabled Recurring plans Add plan recurring billing settings Total items 1 10 T MLE RECURRING PERIOD STATUS C Jest recurring plan Weekly Active edit delete Total items 1 10 Delete selected Add plan Recurring plans To delete a product place a check mark in the Select column of the plan you want to delete click on the Delete selected button or use the delete link of the necessary entry To edit a recurring plan click on the edit link of the necessar
308. s Products URL Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 374 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The Categories tab contains the following columns Select column Title banner title Categories categories to which the banner is assigned New window tick off if you want the link to be displayed in a new window Status status of the graphic banner Banners Graphic banners Add banner affiliate system settings Product groups Categories Products RL TITLE CATEGORIES NEW WINDOW STATUS graphic banner for categories Sg rea Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Add banner Graphic banners If you make any changes click on Save to save them in the database To delete a graphic banner click on the delete link of the banner To delete several banners at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit the parameters of the banner click on edit To add a new banner use the Addbanner button Here you should fill in the following fields Title banner name Description description of the banner Image the banner image Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 375 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To select an image on a local computer or a server use Local or Server links To type the URL of the file click on the URL link Open in a new window tick off if you want the link to b
309. s Secondary categories Options Qty discounts Files Blocks Addons Features Tags Attachments Required products Reward points If the corresponding parameters are set in the Addons tab the following additional tabs will also appear Reviews Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 97 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Configuration if the Configurable check box is enabled The Images tab contains only the Additional images section for choosing additional images of the product All additional images will be displayed underneath the main thumbnail on the product detail page of the storefront You can download an image from a local computer or a server or enter a direct link to the image Also you can specify an alternative text ey You can only choose images with jpg gif and pong extensions ey The maximum total image size will depend on parameters of your server Generally it is 2 Mb In order to be certain contact your server administrator To add a new pair of images click on To add an image pair identical to an existing one clone an existing image pair click on ey Clone function is only enabled for images located on the server To delete a pair of images click on You can delete all the rows except the last one Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 98 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Images Secondary categories Options Oty
310. s auauua aaa aa a 73 5 3 CaldlOG o cada ved ed ub Ge be we FES Se eed eee 75 5 3 1 CategorieS oaoa a a 75 5 3 1 1 Bulk category addition 84 5 3 2 Products 4 boa G44 648 ee oa eee ae 85 Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page L of 409 5 3 2 1 Global update 121 5 3 2 2 Bulk product addition 123 5 3 3 Product features 0 0 00 ee eee 124 5 3 4 Product filters 000 127 5 3 5 Global options 0 2 00 eee 130 5 3 6 Promotions 0 0 00 eee ee es 134 5 3 7 Configurator 0 ee ee 140 5 3 8 Reward points 00 000 147 DA USCIS srar eee ea had e ehh Pete eee 149 5 4 1 USerS tks ae aw eee es eae ee eee ed 149 5 4 2 Administrators 0 0 00 ee eee ee 152 5 4 3 Customers 0 eee ee ee 153 5 4 4 Affiliates aoaaa 156 5 4 5 Suppliers 0 ee 157 5 4 6 Profile fields 0 000 eee ees 158 5 4 7 WSCl CONS si ua ead bu bw dew ow ES GA 160 5 4 8 User groups a a 161 9 4 9 EventS 0 00 ee ee ee 165 5 5 Shippings taxes 0 ee 172 5 5 1 Shipping methods 0 0005 172 9 9 2 TaAX S 2 ee a 178 5 5 3 StateS 44444 e407 ee oe eee ES eee 181 5 5 4 CountrieS ouaa aaa a 183 5 5 5 LocationS naaa a we be ewe ees 184 5 5 6 LocalizationS naaa aaa a ee ee ee 190 5 6 Administration 0 00 000 ee ee ee es 194 DOr SCUINGS gianna ce ent udea tee dtanaa cs 194 5 6 1 1 Appearance 2 000 ae 195 5 6 1 2
311. s tab a list of all defined languages is given The list is represented as a table with the following columns Select column Language code two letter code assigned to the language Name name of the language Status status of the language Active available in the storefront Disabled unavailable in the storefront To modify the values of the listed parameters language name status Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 346 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com set the desired values in the appropriate fields click on Save ey If you do not need the English language to be displayed in the drop down menu be sure that there is at least one other language in a language list except English before you change the status of the English language to Disabled To add a new language use the Addlanguage button enter the desired information in the Add language pop up section click on Greate To delete a language place a check mark in the Select box for the language you want to delete click on Delete selected ey You cannot delete the English language There is the link translate privileges under the page title Following this link you will be able to translate the privileges access privileges of the administrators 5 8 3 Tags The Tags addon allows you to give products or categories different tags These tags are like free form keywo
312. s Clothing Size Mens Small 34 36 hd Color Ash O 24 Seasons 1 3 r p179 94 C 20 00 1 delete Subtotal 195 94 Save or Delete selected Proceed to the next step Add products List of products If you change the value of any field click on Save To delete a product from the list tick off the check box opposite the entry you want to delete click on Delete selected Click on the Proceed to the next step button to go to the next step At the second step you should enter customer information contact information billing address shipping address If the billing address is not the same as the shipping address click on Ship to different address and enter the necessary address If the check box is ticked off you can specify a different shipping address ey The fields marked with are mandatory You cannot proceed to the next step without entering the necessary information in these fields Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 35 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Create a new order Gp Products Customer details Tota Lr Summary Contact information First name Last name E mail Phone Billing address First name Last name Address Address line 2 City Country United States State province Select state fipfoostal code Choose User Save Proceed to the next step gt Re eg LE Customer informatio
313. s defined under the Default location section on the General page of the Settings section is used as a customer address Also under the Shipping charges tab you are able to define shipping charges which will be added to ones returned by real time shipping service if it is needed need to charge tax 8 25 in California USA How can I set it up First of all it is required to have the desired location zone added to the list of locations in the CS Cart administration area Log in to the admin area and click on the Locations link in the Shipping taxes tab Click on the Add location button on the right On the opened page enter the desired name for your new location in the Name input field for example a location zone CA Select United States in the Countries section on the right side and click on the lt button to move it to the left box Select United States California in the States section on the right side and click on the lt button to move it to the left box Leave other fields blank on the left and click on the Save button at the bottom of the page to save the changes Then open the Manage taxes page the Taxes link to this page is in the Shipping taxes tab Add a new tax by clicking on the Add tax button or edit the existing one by clicking on the edit link The Editing tax page will be open On that page a Make sure Shipping address is selected in the Rates depend on select box b Se
314. s of the links and their statuses Active or Disabled are given in the list To delete an item click on delete of the item you want to delete To add a new item to the list use the Add item button In the pop up section enter the necessary parameters and click on Greate To edit item parameters click on the edit link and you will be able to change the following parameters Parent item choose whether it will be a root level menu or it will be assigned to some menu Link text name of the tab Position ordinal number of the tab in the storefront URL URL of the page to which the tab redirects Activate menu tab for specify an item or items for which the menu tab will be activated Generate submenu here you can generate a submenu containing pages or categories The submenu can contain only one page category or all pages categories at once Popup direction choose on which side the popup will be displayed right or left Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 317 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ecommerce Editing item Company General Parent item Root level Link text Company Fos URL Activate menu tab for Generate submenu Popup direction Save or cancel 100 Index php dispatch pages viewepage_id 3 pages C None Category All categories Page al pages IM Use Link text and URL values From selected item Left Editi
315. s taxes Creating directory skins basic adimnviews template editor Creating directory skins basic admiwviews template editor components Creating directory skins basic adiminvViews uperade center Instaling color scheme templates Creating directory skins basic customer Creating directory skms basic adman Skin mstallation has been done successfully Please click on the Next button to continue lt Previous ext Installing skins Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 20 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 7 Summary Congratulations Your CS Cart shopping cart software is installed You will see a Summary page which informs you about special features Congratulations The installation has been done successtully If you need to reinstall the software you will be prompted to enter your authentication code WAMIJIOGU Attention It is strongly recommended to remove or rename the install directory for security reasons now Also it is recommended to change the access permissions for the contig local php file It should have 644 read write for the fille owner and read for others permissions Click on the link below to access the customer front end http fflocalhost cscartfindex php Please use the following link to access the administrator panel http flocalhosticscart admin php The default administrator username and password are as follows Username admin Password admin Tha
316. s well Also there is the Download key TTL for electronically distributed products hours setting on the Settings page in the admin panel It defines the time interval in hours within which the customer can download the file s after the purchase This period can be prolonged for a certain order on the order details page This setting does not affect a product if the Time unlimited download check box is enabled for it How to set up CS Cart with PayPal payment system In order to set up your CS Cart with PayPal Website Payments Standard log in to the admin panel of your CS Cart open the Administration tab and click on the Payment methods link Click on the Add payment button Enter your new payment method name in the Name text input field select PayPal in the Processor drop down select box enter the desired description and surcharges into the appropriate input fields upload an image if needed Open the Configure tab in the same window in order to view the PayPal settings section Fill in the following fields Account your PayPal account login Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 401 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Name of the item the value of the Pay for field displayed on the PayPal web page for your customers Currency the currency in your PayPal account If it does not match the base currency in your CS Cart settings please contact CS Cart support team Test Live mode select Live
317. s you are redirected to the Text banners page where you can create text banners that will be located on the affiliates sites Through these text banners new customers will be referred to the store There are four tabs on the Text banners page They are Product groups Categories Products URL Banners Text banners EEA affiliate system settings pnl Product groups Categories Products TITLE SHOW TITLE WIDTH HEIGHT PRODUCT GROUPS NEW WINDOW STATUS banner for group E 100 40 url group C Active edit delete 0 text banner r 0 0 product group m Active edit delete Save or Delete selected Add banner Text banners In the Product groups tab there are the following columns Select column Title banner title Show title tick off if you want the title to be displayed Width banner width pixels Height banner height pixels o If no value is defined in the Width and Height fields the banner sizes will depend on its content Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 373 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Product groups product group to which this banner is assigned New window put a tick if you want the link to be opened in a new window Status status of the banner Active or Disabled If you make any changes click on Save to save them to the database To delete a text banner click on the delete link of the bann
318. schema should be normally enabled to specify that the database backup file will include the table structure Backup database data should be normally enabled to specify that the database backup file will include the actual table data Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 264 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Compress backup file if this option is enabled the database backup file will be compressed in a tar achieve to save space Backup file name the desired filename After entering all parameters click on Backup to backup the database T Your database backup file will be located in the database backup directory within the CS Cart directory By default it will be shop database backup Database logs php information Backup Restore Maintenance This section allows you to manage your backup files To restore the database tick off the checkbox near the appropriate filename and click on the Restore button Please note that only the first file will be processed if you select more than one entry To delete files tick off the checkboxes near the files that need to be deleted and click on the Delete button To download a file to your local computer click on the filename Select a file or enter URL Local Server URL Upload r TYPE FILENAME FILESIZE sql dump sql 2 007 622 bytes download delete a sql lang de sql 230 927 bytes download delete Re
319. search conditions are specified click on Search to display the search results Moreover the system allows to create different search patterns and save them for future use J ust set the search options type the name of the pattern in the Save this Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 55 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com search as input field and click on the Save button Once the search pattern is saved it is displayed in the dropdown list box at the top Then follows a list of all gift certificates Select column Code internal code of the certificate which is used in the database and generated automatically From the name of the person the gift certificate is coming from To the name of the person the gift certificate is going to Type method of dispatch of the certificate via e mail or via postal mail Date date and time of the certificate creation Current amount cash value of the certificate at the present moment Status the processing stage of the certificate On this page you can also change the certificate status or delete some unnecessary certificates You can change the certificate status by selecting the necessary one in the Status column If you want to delete some certificates tick off the necessary certificates and click on Delete selected Also you can delete a certificate by clicking on the delete link To add a new certificate click on the Add
320. see what updates are currently available to you e Additional languages Select additional language packs you wish to install e Install demo data Tick off this check box to install demo products orders discounts news and banners Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 17 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 4 Installing Database Database installation starts if all previous conditions are met You will be notified if database Installation was successful Creating table Creating table Creating table Creating table Creating table Creating table Creating table cscart taxes cscart_user_data cscart user _ mathng lists cscart user profiles cscart_user_session_products cscart users cscart views Importing data Database mstallation has been done successfully Please chek on the Next button to continue lt Previous Next gt Installing database Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 18 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 5 Shop Outlook Settings Select the skin you wish to install A screenshot will be displayed for each selection Please select a skin you wish to install CS Cart basic skin Skin screen shot CS CART Hame Calak o Myan View cart Search lt Al categories mel IE beamed search Cuntomer Customer Sion out W Lami mbit 42 499 00 Tabat Categories Welcome Thi i G dingin Dire poitrail Ges the Coat ha Cat i The Chea i a full D
321. select all Total items 1 10 Delete selected or Export selected eee eer List of customer accounts The list of registered customers is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column selects the user ID the customer s identification number Username name that the customer must enter when logging in Name full name of the customer Registered date and time of registration Type type of user account Points number of points on the customer s account Active this field allows you to enable or disable the customer s account T You can define the number of user accounts displayed per page as explained in the chapter Administration gt Settings gt Appearance gt Elements per page To delete a customer account place a check mark in the Select column of the account you want to delete click on Delete selected To edit a customer profile click on the link in the Username or Name columns of the customer account To add a new customer account click on Adduser and fill in the necessary information on the New profile page By clicking on more EJ you will see the following links View all orders Act on behalf of Delete and Points By following the first one you can view all orders placed by this particular customer while following the second one you are taken to the storefront and already logged in under the customer s name By clicking on
322. settings Total items 1 10 NAME AFFILIATES STATUS Jest plan 2 Active edit delete Total items 1 10 Save or Delete selected Add plan Affiliate plans The Plans page contains a list of all affiliate plans The following data is displayed for each plan Select column Name name of the plan Affiliates the number of affiliates with this plan Status status of the plan Active or Disabled Click on Save if you make any changes To delete a plan click on the delete link of the plan To delete several plans at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To add a new affiliate plan use the Addplan button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 379 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Plans Editing plan Test plan add plan affiliate system settings General Products Categories Coupons Multi ter affiliates Mame Test plan Description olan description Life span of customer i cookie days Initial incentive balance hi 1 Minimum commission 10 00 payment f Method of commission i calculation based on product price x Show orders Coupon commission should E override all the others Status amp active O Disabled Editing plan Click on the edit link to edit the plan You will be redirected to the Editing plan page with the tabs General Products Categories Cou
323. setts 02134 United States United States Mr Customer Customer customeraisomecompany com IP address 132 166 7 196 Phone Titi iii tiie PRODUCT QUANTITY Out of Exile CODE B0009 OSU Comments Shipment details 5 2 5 Gift certificates Gift certificate is the best solution for the customers who don t know what to buy as a present Customers just buy a gift certificate and specify its parameters It is the administrator who sends it to the recipient via e mail or via postal mail Customers have the ability to add a message to the certificate it may be various greetings wishes etc Along with a gift certificate customers can also present any product s of the store These products are added to the certificate as free products Gift certificates can be created both by administrators in the administration panel and customers in the storefront Gift certificates are very convenient in use In order to pay for the order with a gift certificate a customer enters its code on the checkout page and specifies the amount he wants to spend If the certificate amount is not enough to pay for the order the Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 54 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com customer can apply the certificate and pay the rest amount using a credit card or some other payment method Another advantage of the certificate is that it has no period of validity Following the Gift certificates link you open the page where all the existing gift
324. sional user interested in up to date and advanced functionality and a novice for whom the simplicity is the main factor Moreover our slogan Buy easy sell easier speaks for itself You just go to our site buy the software build your store and start trading Although CS Cart shopping cart software is designed to be intuitively simple to use this tutorial is offered to make learning to use it even simpler and quicker The manual will guide you step by step through installation setup and use of the shopping cart software Thank you for using CS Cart software Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 5 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 2 Introducing CS Cart 2 1 What Is CS Cart Wo CS Cart is powerful shopping cart software built using industry CART standard PHP and MySQL Optimized programming code makes it tea possible to build stores that can easily handle over 10 000 wenn Products CS Cart also uses the PHP Smarty template engine that RSS Makes it very simple to change the look and feel of the store in the ein minimum amount of time and with advanced catalog management tools your store can be maintained with the least amount of effort CS Cart is your best choice if you are e looking for quality PHP shopping cart software to start an online business e a site owner wishing to integrate a shopping cart with your existing web site e a web developer searching for a professional low cost PHP shopping cart e an ISP or
325. steps on one page in the storefront If all the customer data is filled in then show the following step at one page checkout select which step Payment method or Shipping method will be displayed after all the customer data Is filled in Estimate shipping cost on cart page if this check box is enabled the form for estimating shipping cost is displayed on the cart page in the customer storefront Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 207 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Users cart Allow users to create multiple profiles shipping and billing addresses for one E account Allow users to store credit card data in profile E Minimum order amount 0 Allow shopping for unlogged customers Allow Disable anonymous checkout E Redirect customer to the cart contents page if non AJAX addition to a cart is E used Allow customer to signup tor user group fw Administrator must activate new user accounts ser e mail is used as login E Ask customers to agree with terms amp conditions during checkout E Allow customers to pay order again if transaction was declined I One page checkout a lf all the customer data is filled in then show the following step at one page Shipping method checkout Estimate shipping cost on cart page Iw Users cart Proxy server for outgoing connections Here you define the settings for outgoing connections Proxy host name of your proxy host e g www proxyname com Proxy port enter y
326. stomers also bought Data feeds allows administrators to create any number of product data formats for export Form builder Gift certificates Gift Registry Google Analytics Google Sitemap generates the XML site map which makes website indexing easier for Google and other search engines A site map allows search robots to define the location of website pages the time of their last update and its frequency in order to index the website more effectively Hot deals block allows to add a block Design gt Blocks with the settings Name ANY Block content Products Filling ANY Position Central Appearance type Hot deals Wrapper NONE Using the block customers will be able to scroll the products displayed in this block switch to different pages and filter products by categories My changes the addon is intended to apply changes to the store All the changes must be located in the addons my_changes directory The fact that your changes will be applied as a separate addon considerably simplifies the upgrade process Such changes are to be performed through hooks To read more about hooks and CS Cart functionality refer to docs cs cart com News amp e mails Order barcode Polls Price list Product configurator Quickbooks Required products Reward points RMA Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 232 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Send the page link to a
327. store or Delete selected Restore The Restore tab is used for managing the database backup files and restoring the database if necessary It contains the file upload section a list of database backup files Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 265 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To upload the database backup file to the server select a file or enter URL click on Upload T The file will be uploaded to the your_shop database backup directory on your server where your _shop is the name of the directory used for your shop The list of backup files is represented as a table consisting of the following columns Select column Type the file type sql or tgz Filename name of the backup file Filesize size of the backup file To restore the database from a backup file in the event of a problem place a check mark in the Select box for the file you want to use click on Restore To delete a backup file tick off the file you want to delete click on Delete selected To load file from server to your local computer use the link in the Filename field of the desired file The Maintenance tab contains information about the size of the database Current database size field To optimize the database click on Optimize database w You can use this procedure periodically to reclaim the unused space and to defragment the file L
328. systems e Ability to create new payment methods Web based administration panel e Easy and quick addition of multiple items products categories static pages etc e File browser and template editor use AJ AX technologies e Ability to configure every aspect of e commerce site in realtime e Integrated database backup restore tool e Flexible organization of webshop informational part e Unlimited number of admin accounts e Multiple levels of administrative access e Ability to act on behalf of other users Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 9 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com e Ability to collect statistical data IP based access restrictions Integrated webmail system SMS notifications Customer Care Integrated configurable store search Search filters Password reminder for customers Customers can view order history User groups and special pricing Membership based access to the informational part of the store Continue shopping and Clear cart buttons Printable invoices Wish list feature Feature comparison option Customer can edit product options directly in the cart Security Full HTTPS SSL support Secure HTTPS SSL administrative access Secure HTTPS SSL checkout login and customer profile pages Customer passwords are MD5 encrypted in database Password protected administrative access Repeat Customer Accommodation Cart content is stored in database Each customer can have unlimited number of profiles R
329. t eal 100 ate iiri Apparel z This i MOT a live stom Alea DO MOT erie real oredif card details when best omen tro il F Peel fea to review the sechord of thi store to 666 just what CS Cat can do for youl For more I Cart section DWD information please visit wa cacat oo Audin amp Yie E My accoun Featured products Cell Phones f Sarin f fheairher Sports amp Outdoors F ne k Adidas Hens ClimaCool Fuma Women 3 Anjan grde h Polo f id ss F ERA Ss oo h Pees Buil wt Ae w W x ORN RS l F l i Filters Price 49 95 AA price 39 99 ulld your PC Categories pn Track nv orden s c banner J add to cart to cart Add to cart Ceder IDVE rial side box Price from H0O to 450 00 from 50 00 to Site news 4100 00 MEC muina Daewoo DIS 42 42 LEDI r TODE Ein CE ELTA i 01 16 2009 Price 2 499 00 CoeCart Version 2 0 Marmulacburer a Price 499 99 telessed Fi liters REN O11 2009 side box take Happy New yaa to z TN Fuel hormis mod Tory KFA2M 47 Oe barvariuimn 3 COG UNDER LCE COC Iara La a Price 4 999 99 Price 10 90 Information au oe Bili side box i Aai ten cart Mailing lists 12 10 2008 Sgn up for our rial hors D Maln bist 1 fonts Pin tot Search section Bottom links Enter emal address jj Search al categories gt Bo Home bouki Contact Gftcertificates Promotions Shemep Copri 2005 2008 CiCa
330. t will be sent Allow customer to initiate discussion if it is enabled customers can start discussion There is also a specific setting Number of entries in the Testimonial box To save the changes tn the database click on Save The Data feeds addon allows administrators to create any number of product data formats for export using various data field sets This allows to work with shopping directories like Google Product Search Shopzilla Shopping com etc and adjust the field configuration in case of a format change accordingly through the easy to use interface Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 240 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com However the main idea here is allowing to either upload a resulting export file to FTP server save it on a web server or simply download it like in a regular export Moreover it is possible to create CRON tasks for individual feeds in order to generate and upload them via FTP on a regular basis for example daily or weekly In order to set data feeds you need to enter your cron password Data feeds options General Cron password MYPASS Save Or cancel Data feeds To save the changes in the database click on Save To cancel the changes click on cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 241 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Gift certificates options General Minimal amount Maximal amount Amount step GC Code prefix Git certific
331. ta feeds Editing data feed Data feed w English download export to server upload to ftp server General Exported items Fields mapping General settings ata feed name Data feed Filename gdatafeed_11202009 csv Language English Category delimiter Pr Category path delimiter for product main category e g Computersi Desktops Images directory f home cscart images backup Directory where images are located This will be used if image file is specified without a path this must be an absolute path Files directory fhome escart var downloads backup Directory where product files are located This will be used if the File field data is specified without a path this must be an absolute path Coy delimiter Semicolon Status amp amp Active Disabled Data feed editing Data feed name name of the data feed Filename name of the file to export Language language in which the data will be imported Category delimiter delimiter of the category path Images directory the directory where images are located it will be used if the image file is specified without a path Files directory the directory where downloadable file is located it will be used If the file is specified without a path CSV delimiter specify whether the data in the CSV file is separated by commas semicolons or tabs Status status of the data feed Active or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 1
332. tabase size and click on the Optimize database button The database size will be decreased if possible Disable JavaScript pop up menu Open the Design tab and click on the Blocks link Click on the edit link in the Categories block it is in the left column by default There is the Filling setting in the opened pop up window Now it is set to EMenu Try the Plain and Dynamic options they do not use JavaScript to display categories that will reduce page loading time Use HTML catalog The aim of HTML catalog is to decrease page loading time and make the site more friendly for search engines It is a very useful feature in CS Cart it allows generating static version of the product catalog that will be accessible at http www my_site com catalog When a visitor types http www my_site com in his browser and clicks on categories product links he will see the HTML catalog pages notice URLs of the pages When he clicks on the Checkout link logs in etc he will be transferred to the so called dynamic pages they are generated by PHP notice URLs of such pages Please note the generated HTML catalog does not reflect the changes that may be made to dynamic pages Say if the text on the home page is changed and the changes can be viewed at http www my_site com index php the http www my_site com catalog index html page will not display the changes In other words if you add delete modify categories produc
333. te selected Add new credit card Credit card In the Admin area tab you can ban access to the admin panel for some IP addresses In order to do this you just need to add the necessary IP to the list of banned IP addresses Select column IPs IP addresses Reason the reason for the access restriction it is displayed when someone with this IP address tries to enter the admin panel Created date and time the IP address was added Status status of the restriction Active or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 301 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Store access IF Domain E mail Credit card Administration panel Total items 2 10 IPS REASON CREATED STATUS 3o 2412 100 2407 52 112 57 139 USUbAUUS 17 05 Active fs delete 242 60 12 OUS UbZ009 10 33 Active delete Select all Unselect all Total items 2 10 Save or Delete selected Add new IPs Admin area To add new IPs use the Add button type the necessary data click on Create 5 6 15 Data feeds The Data feeds addon allows administrators to create any number of product data formats for export So you have the ability to export files to various shopping directories like Google Product Search Shopzilla Shopping com etc Also you can define a different set of products for each file and adjust the field configuration in the way you want bid Data feeds can be added only if the Data Feeds addon
334. tem merchants can accurately detect and automatically flag attempted fraud from card not present transactions You need to have a valid Maxmind account in order to use this addon in CS Cart To obtain a license key you would need to purchase credits If you already have an account the license key may be obtained from the my license key web page Anti Fraud options 2 General Maxmind license key sate distance km oo Maximum order total con Maximum risk factor g E 1 10 fd Save or cancel Anti Fraud Here are some parameters that you need to set Maxmind license key your license key obtained from MaxMind Safe distance km allowed distance from customer s IP address to his her billing address in kilometers large distance higher risk it affects risk factor Max order total if order amount exceeds the defined max value it affects risk factor Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 238 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Maximum risk factor 1 10 set the number from 1 to 10 2 5 is recommended If the risk factor exceeds this number then the order is hold for review and it will have Open status even if the transaction is processed by payment gateway or system Store administrator will need to decide whether the order is fraudulent or not and then set the order status to Failed or process it manually If you make the changes click on Save to save them in the database Using the Comments
335. ter or a server use the Local or Server links respectively Also you can type the URL of the file by using the link URL Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 309 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 7 3 Design mode Design mode is a feature specially developed to make it much easier for store owners to change its outlook and language variables Design mode includes two separate modes the Translation mode allowing to edit language variables and the Customization mode allowing to edit templates of the storefront Editing has become not only easier but also quicker as now if you want to change some language variables of the storefront you do not need to search them in the admin panel first All you need to do is to enable the translation mode and edit the necessary language variables directly in the storefront Design mode Enable translation mode Enable customization mode Design mode Enable translation mode enable translation mode by clicking on this button In the translation mode all language variables are highlighted green When pointing the mouse at the necessary variable the image LJ appears in the top left corner of the highlighted area After clicking on the image a pop up box is displayed There you can edit the language variable and save your changes After clicking the Enable translation mode button there appears the View storefront in translation mode link by following which you open the storefront in
336. ters Name name of the promotion Detailed description description of the promotion that is displayed for customers in the storefront if the detailed description is not given a short description is used instead Short description description that is displayed on the order info page the My account side box gt Orders gt Order info T These fields also contains tools for text editing If you want to use them click on Edit in visual HTML editor p Date from date starting from which the promotion is available Date through starting from this data the promotion is not available Priority order of application of the promotions if the same priority is set for two promotions they are applied in the order they are selected from the database Stop other rules tick off to stop other promotions if any from being applied Status status of the promotion Active Hidden or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 135 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Promotions Editing promotion DVD 5 off General Conditions Bonuses Name DYD 5 off Detailed description Edit in visual HTML editor p short description Edit in visual HTML editor p Date from 08 20 2008 Date through 0872072009 Priority 1 Stop other rules E Status amp Active Hidden Disabled Save or cancel Editing promotion In the tab Conditions you define conditions that ha
337. th events In the URL http www domain com index php dispatch events search Such replacements are called SEO rules Some SEO rules are already listed on the page Their new names are generated automatically by replacing dots and underscores with hyphens for example profiles add is replaced with profiles add The following information is given on the page Select column Replace for part of the URL that will indicate a replacement e g auth login_ form for the URL http www domain com index php dispatch auth login_ form Name the value to which the standard URL will be changed e g login for auth login_ form To delete an entry from the table click on delete of the entry you want to delete To delete several entries at once tick off several entries click on Delete selected To add a new entry click on the Add new button specify the necessary values in the pop up window and click on Create Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 363 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com SEO rules All Add new al English i Hame Replace for Advanced search options Goto page 1 x previous 1 2 next Total items 14 10 l REPLACE FOR NAME auth login form login delete categories catalog catalog delete checkout cart cart delete checkout checkout checkout delete checkout customer_ into checkout customer info delete C checkout summary checkout summary delete gift_certificates add gift certificates
338. that is e g the nearest to their places Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 360 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com ww To display the Store locator side box in the customer storefront it is necessary that a block with the content Store locator is defined on the Blocks page Design gt Blocks Store locator Add store location shop Washington Street edit Active Shop Green Street edit Active Add store location Store locator To be able to do this first you need to get a Google Map account and a Maps API key Enter your Google key in the settings of the Store locator addon Administration gt Addons and set coordinates of the points of sale on this page A list of all created store locations is presented on the page Names of locations and their statuses Active or Disabled are given in the list To delete a store location click on x mark of the entry you want to delete To edit a store location click on the adit link In the appeared pop up section you will be able to edit the following parameters Name name of the store location Position ordinal number tn the list Description description of the store location Country country where the store is located City city in which the store is located Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 361 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Coordinates lat x long set coordinates latitude and longitude of the location You can click on the
339. the applying process You won t be able to edit the linked product options on the Editing products pages then 2 In the Product options tab on the Editing product page Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 133 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Click on the Add global options button in the tab select a global option in the Global options select box in the pop up section and click on Apply to add the global option with all its variants to the list of the product options If you wish the global option to be added as a link once added the option will reflect the changes that can be made for the global option but you cannot edit it and its variants tick off the Apply as link check box and click on Apply f 5 3 6 Promotions Promotions is one more promotion tool which allows to offer various privileges for your customers On the page you define certain conditions and if customers meet them they get special reward which is also defined by you Promotions can be of two types Cart promotions and Catalog promotions Cart promotions are different product discounts while Catalog promotions allow to define not only discounts on products and orders but also grant coupons free shipping and free products FP rom ot ions Add cart promotion Add catalog promotion Total items 2 f 10 C NAME PRIORITY ZONE STATUS Free shipping coupon 2 Cart Active edit delete B DVD 5 off 1 Catalog
340. the changes in the database Guestbook Enabled Save or cancel Events Three more tabs are displayed on the page Products Notifications Guestbook T The Guestbook tab is displayed only if the option Guestbook in the General tab is set to Enabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 168 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com In the Products tab the products specified for the event are displayed General Products Notificatians Guestbook List of desired products PRODUCT PRICE AMOUNT adidas Camp Tee Product options roduct options 69 99 Bit diets Clothing Size Large adidas Mens Avantis Jersey Product options E Clothing Size X Large 22 99 2 edit delete Color White White Black Save or Delete selected Add products Products section choose necessary products specify their quantity and click on Add products button In the Notifications tab a list of all invitees of the event is displayed If you tick off the check boxes of invitees and click on Send notification to selected they receive the event notification with two links View event details Unsubscribe If the first one is clicked the invitees are referred to the customer storefront to the page with event details If the subscribers click on the Unsubscribe link they are redirected to the storefront with the note that they have been successfully unsubscribed In the Guestbook tab you can create p
341. the existing one Is updated or deleted alSo user s sessions and failed logins can be logged Products logs can be created when a new product Is added or the existing one Is updated or deleted also logs can be created when the number of products is low Orders logs can be created when a new order is created or the existing one Is updated changed or deleted Database logs can be created when the database is optimized backed up or restored also database errors can be logged News logs can be created when news is created deleted or updated Categories logs can be created when a new category is created or the existing one Is updated or deleted To enable the desired logging just tick off the corresponding option and click on the Save button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 213 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com settings Logging Requests fh HTTP HTTPS Users M create W Delete Update Session MM Failed logins Products M create M Delete 4 Update M Low stock Orders M create W Delete W Update W Change Database M Restore MM Backup M Optimize Errors Hews M create M Delete MM Update Categories W Create M Delete MM Update Save Logging If you place or remove a check mark click on Save to save the changes 5 6 1 9 Reports The Reports page allows to choose the format of time intervals displayed in report charts You can edit format of Day Week Month
342. tically updated Zero price action here you specify the behavior of the store if value of the Price field is zero You can both allow the addition of the product to cart and ban it or you can let a customer set the price Inventory set the way how to track inventory for the product The available choices are e track with options tracking for the product with options T The track with options choice is displayed only if a product has at least one option T If the track with options choice is selected then Edit J button appears instead of input field next to In stock on the Update products page and in the Quantity column on the Manage products page Click on Edith button and you are redirected to the Inventory page For more information about the Inventory page see the description of the Product options tab e track without options tracking for the product itself without options e do not track disable tracking for this product Minimum order quantity the minimum product quantity that can be added to cart Maximum order quantity the maximum product quantity that can be added to Cart Quantity step step of product quantity if Quantity step is set to 2 then only 2 4 6 8 10 etc items can be added to cart List quantity count number of items in the quantity list Weight The unit of weight is displayed in round brackets near t
343. tion Ln 10 ch Total Ln 10 Ch 255 E Save Restore from the repository or Cancel Template editor To switch off the customization mode click on the Disable customization mode button 5 7 4 Blocks Using this feature you can change the layout of the store pages It allows to manage their contents by editing the existing information blocks side boxes central boxes or creating new ones Using the Blocks feature you can display additional information boxes on various pages of the customer area and It isn t necessary to modify templates to do this Using this tool you can create such lists as Featured products or Related products and display them on different pages of the store The blocks can be defined for Products Categories Pages Home Page Cart Checkout News pages or all pages at once Each page is divided into 5 parts for convenience left central right top and bottom Blocks can be added to any of these 5 parts Also you can easily change the location of any block by using the drag and drop feature Just click on the necessary block and drag it to a different location On the Blocks page you see the tabs All pages Products Categories Pages Home Page Cart Checkout News Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 311 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Let s consider the All pages tab Here are displayed the blocks that are displayed on all pages of the store All the blocks are collapsed The mode of the bloc
344. to your administration panel open the Administration tab and click on the Settings link Click on the Shipping settings link on the right Disable the Disable shipping and Enable Intershipper check boxes if they are selected select the Enable UPS check box and click on the Save button at the bottom to save the changes Open the UPS tab to set up its settings Fill your UPS credentials in the UPS Rates Access Key Username and Passwords fields For testing purposes select the Daily pickup value in the Pickup type the Package value in Package type and enter 10 in each Width Height and Length fields Click on the Save button to save the changes In order to get UPS Rates Access Key go to this page https www ups com e_comm_access laServ CURRENT_ PAGE INTRO amp OPTION ACCESS_LICENSE amp loc en_US Click on the Get XML Access Key link and follow the instructions on the further pages NOTE In order to use UPS real time shipping calculations there must be PHP s Curl Support on your server Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 403 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 2 Open the Shipping taxes tab and click on the Shipping methods link There is the UPS 3day Select shipping method defined by default in standard CS Cart if the default CS Cart configuration has not been changed yet Select Active for this Shipping method in the select box in the Status column Click on the Edit button
345. tomers disabled To delete an event Click on the delete link of the event To delete several events at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page L66 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Click on the link in the Title column and you are redirected to the page with the detailed information about the event The tab General contains the following fields Title the descriptive name of the event Your name name of the event author E mail e mail of the event author Start date the first day of the event End date the last day of the event Type select whether the event is public private or disabled it is not shown the front end Invitees invitee s name and e mail Guestbook if the option is enabled then you can create posts about the event in the Guestbook tab n Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 167 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Events Editing event Birthday add exent search for events custom event fields General Products Motifications Guestbook Title Birthday Your name Bill Grey E mail bil company corm start date 01 09 2009 End date giis eo09 fF Type public Invitees NAME E MAIL Sam samim soame cam i Tom tom m some cam j O If you delete some invitees click on Update button to sawe
346. tration gt Addon gt Recurring billing gt Notification Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 74 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To send a notification to check an item and click on the process link of this item To process several items at a time check the necessary items click on the Process selected events button 5 3 Catalog You can manage the categories and products sold in your shop using the administration sections of the Catalog tab fn Orders Catalog Users Shipping taxes Administration Design Content Affiliate Categories Products Product features Product filters Global options Promotions Configurator Reward points Catalog 5 3 1 Categories You can manage your store categories and products using this menu item Store categories are managed by using the Categories page which contains a list of all categories of the store Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 75 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Categories bulk category addition Save or Choose action List of product categories Add category r POS NAME PRODUCTS STATUS C 10 Books 1 Add Active adit delete E 10 Children s Books Add Active edit delete E 20 Computers amp Internet 7 Add Active edit delete E 20 H Computers Add Active edit delete C 30 Music O Add Active edit delete C 40 B Apparel O Add Active edit delete O lso DYD 5 Add Active edit delete
347. ts etc you should go to settings page of the SEO addon the edit link near the SEO addon on the Addons page and click on the clean up link to update static HTML pages How can I have SEF Search Engine Friendly URLs amp Open the Administration tab and click on the Addons link in the CS Cart administration area Enable the SEO requires Apache mod_rewrite installed addon change its status to Active in the select box on the right Please note that SEO uses the mod_rewrite Apache module and the module must be installed on the server Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 408 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com How can I transfer my CS Cart installation to a new server E Follow these directions 1 Make a clean installation of the same version of CS Cart on a new server 2 Copy the config local php file of this new CS Cart to your local computer or rename it to avoid its overwriting during the next step 3 Make a backup copy of the store database on the Database page in the administration area of the web site from which you wish to move CS Cart installation the link to the Database page is in the Administration tab 4 Copy all the CS Cart files to the new server overwriting the clean installation 5 Copy the config local php file of the clean installation back to the server 6 Log in to the administration area of CS Cart installed on the new server it still has the default login and
348. u are able to modify several items at the same time checkboxes for fields you wish to edit and click on the Allow payment by points Enable shipping For downloadable products m C C ra l0 Select all 7 Unselect all Modify selected To clone a product Image pair Main category Override global PER Product code Rebturnable Shipping Freight weight C Avail since Feature comparison Inventory Maximum order quantity Override globalfcategory points ma Product name D Reviens D Short description zero price action cancel Select some items in the list below tick off the Buy in advance E Features p List price M META description Page title D Quantity 0 Reward points ra Status Select fields to edit Modify selected button Created date Free shipping List quantity count M META keywords L Price Quantity step Search words Supplier D Downloadable Full description E Localization Minimum order quantity Price in points fw Return period Secondary categories E Taxes place a check mark in the check box of the product you want to clone click on the Choose action link and choose Clone selected To add a new product click on the Add product button enter the necessary information on the New product page 5 3 2 1 Global update Also the Global update option is ava
349. ubscription page where the following parameters are listed Creation date date of the subscription creation Status status of the subscription Recurring plan ID of the recurring plan for this subscription Order ID of the order placed under this subscription End date end date of the subscription Last paid date of the last payment Recurring period how often the payment should be made annually quarterly monthly weekly by period Customer full name and e mail of the customer Payment method payment method used when paying for the order Shipping information Method shipping method Tracking number a carrier s unique tracking identifier for a package it is used to trace the order as it travels to its destination Carrier package delivery company e g FedEx DHL UPS etc If you make changes on the page and want to send a notification to a customer tick off the Notify customer checkbox To save the changes click on Save To cancel the changes click on cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 71 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Subscriptions Viewing subscription 3 General Products Orders Creation date 1109 2009 Status Active Recurring plan 1 Order 5 End date 02 09 2010 Last paid 11 09 2009 Recurring period Weekly Customer Mr Customer Customer customeraicompany com Payment method Phone ordering Call to 5555555
350. uct Age limit set the minimum age for access to the product Warning message the message that Is displayed during age verification Communication about the product product rating or both can be enabled in the Comments and reviews section If you make any changes click on Save To cancel the changes click on cancel Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 110 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com General Images Secondary categories Qotions Addons Features Tags Attachments Product configurator Configurable E RMA Returnable M Return period days 10 Bestselling sales amount 10 Age verification Age verification a Age limit E years Warming message Comments and reviews Reviews Disabled Save or cancel Addons Last Revised Jan 5 10 Cty discounts Files Required products Blocks Reward points Page 111 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Use the Product features tab to enter data concerning additional product fields that you have previously defined T You can add product feature in the chapter Catalog gt Product features General Images Secondary categories Options Cty discounts Files Blocks Sddons Features Tags Attachments Required products Reward points New features Manufacturer None gt Audio formats C mp3 E WA E Why Enter other Save or cancel Products features The Buy together feature allows to create combinations of products and apply discounts to
351. uct banners TEE affiliate system settings 0 TITLE WIDTH HEIGHT NEW WINDOW ADD TO CART STATUS 0 productbanner 250 150 ri M Active edit delete Save or Delete selected teeter bean Product banners Select column Title name of the banner Width banner width pixels Height banner height pixels New window tick off in order for the link to be opened in a new window Add to cart tick off if you want the customer to be redirected to the Cart content page Status status of the banner Active or Disabled Click on Save if you make some changes To delete a product banner click on the delete link of the banner Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 377 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com To delete several banners at a time tick off check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected Each banner has the adit link click on it and you are redirected to the Editing banner page where you can edit the banner You can edit the following fields Title banner title Width pixels banner title Height pixels banner height Image place the image at the top or at the bottom of the banner or disable the image Product name place the product name at the top or at the bottom of the banner or disable the name Short description place short description at the top or at the bottom or disable it Align here you
352. ur store It gives the ability to group your store subscribers On the page you see all the existing mailing lists the number of subscribers who is signed for them and their statuses Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 356 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Mal j ng lists Add mailing lists Mailing list 1 edit x Active Add mailing lists Mailing lists To edit a mailing list click on the edit link You will see the following parameters to edit Name name of the mailing list From name name of the sender e g company name From email e mail of the sender Reply to e mail to which replies are sent Confirmation e mail choose an autoresponder for this mailing list e g it can be sent to confirm subscriptions or unsubscriptions etc Show at checkout tick off to display subscription to the mailing at checkout Show on registration tick off to display subscription to the mailing during registration Show in the Mailing lists box tick off to display subscription to the mailing in a separate side box in the storefront Subscribers following the Add subscribers link you will be taken to the Subscribers page where you will be able to add a subscriber or sign up someone from the store users Status status of the mailing list Active Hidden or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 357 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Editing mailing list Mailing list 1
353. urs Customer settings Block IP after a numberof D unsuccessful attempts Number of unsuccesstul attempts Time between unsuccesstul login attempts seconds Time for which IP should be blocked hours Save or cancel Access restrictions In the Access restrictions tab you can set some parameters of the Access restrictions addon for the administration area and the customer area Login to the admin area from specified IPs only if it is ticked off only IP addresses listed in the Admin area tab on the Access restrictions page will have access to the administration area Note when the option is enabled your IP address is added to the list automatically and on the contrary the IP address is removed from the list when the option ts disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 235 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Block IP after a number of unsuccessful attempts if this option is enabled the administrator s IP address will be blocked after a number of unsuccessful login attempts Note the number of possible attempts should be specified below and the attempts have to be made within the period set in the Time between unsuccessful login attempts seconds field Number of unsuccessful attempts the number of failed attempts after which the user s IP address will be blocked Time between unsuccessful login attempts seconds specify the period within which attempts have
354. ut a path this must be an absolute path Files directory directory where product files are located It will be used if File field data is specified without a path this must be an absolute path CSV delimiter specify whether the data in the CSV file is separated by commas semicolons or tabs Output choose where the file will be saved Direct download on your server Screen on the screen Server directly on the Google server Filename name of the exported file Export discounts if the check box is ticked off the products are exported together with the discounts But not all of these parameters are used in each tab In the top section you select the fields that the exported file will consist of You can do this using two fields Exported fields and Available fields To find more information about the fields see Administration gt I mport data Moreover it is possible to save several variants of exported fields In order to do this choose the fields you want to export type the name of this layout and click on Save layout as button Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 280 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 5 6 10 Logs Here is given a list of all logs of the store First on the page goes the search section using which you can limit the search results You can set a certain period of time and logs created during this period will be displayed for you You can choose any of the given periods or defi
355. ut if you want to define only one IP address you can enter it either in the IP From field or the IP To field or tn both columns simultaneously In the Domain tab the administrator has the ability to ban access for all IP addresses which are identified by a certain domain name The Domain tab has the following columns Select column Domain name of the domain Reason the reason for the access restriction it is displayed when someone from this domain tries to register or login Created date and time the domain name was added Status status of the restriction Active or Disabled Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 298 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Store access IP Domain E mail Credit card DOMAIN REASON planet com insecure select all Unselect all Save or Delete selected 4dministration panel Total items 1 10 CREATED STATUS 09 06 2009 10 07 Active delete Total items 1 10 Add new domains Domain Use the Add button to add new domains to the list E mail restrictions are defined in the E mail tab The customers with the e mail addresses specified in the tab cannot register in the store Select column E mail e mail address Reason the reason for the access restriction it is displayed when someone uses this e mail to register Created date and time the e mail address was added Status status of the restriction Active or D
356. ve to be met to get bonuses You are able to set whether all conditions are to be met or any of them And the ability to add not only conditions but also groups of conditions greatly improves the flexibility of the promotion system Moreover the software allows to set conditions that do not have to be met to get a bonus So here you create the formula according to which the promotion will be Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 136 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com applied If customers meet the conditions they will enjoy all the existing privileges i e all available bonuses will be applied NOTE Cart and catalog promotions have different options in the Conditions and Bonuses tabs General Conditions Bonuses Add group Add condition Group if All ofthese conditions are True Categories In a ai to delete cave or cancel Promotion conditions To add a new condition click on the Add condition button select from the conditions given in the list set its value and click on the Save button Conditions for catalog promotions can be set in relation to product prices categories products users product features and user groups Product price choose whether the product price has to be equal not equal to less than or equal to greater than or equal to less than greater than the amount specified by you Categories specify categories products of which have to be bought o
357. ver by FTP The next step is setting file access permissions On a UNIX based server with terminal access to it run the following commands one by one chmod 666 config local php chmod R 777 catalog chmod R 777 images chmod R 777 skins Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 12 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com chmod R 777 var If you do not have terminal access to your server you can change file access permissions using an FTP client Most of them have the Change permissions or Change mode functions With the help of the function you are to set the permissions for the config php file and the directories listed above The chmod 666 config php command means that you must set 666 permissions in other words read write and execute permissions for the file user group and other for the config php file Other commands e g chmod R 777 catalog mean that you must set the same 777 permissions for the directory its subdirectories and all the files under these directories Please refer to your FTP client documentation for more detailed instructions on setting file permissions In order to set the same file access permissions on a WINDOWS based server you may need to give full permissions for the files and directories to the user with the USER_ComputerName account Then create a MySQL database you may need to create a MySQL user before that in your website control panel Remember the MySQL name host user name
358. vince Zip Postal code Phone It means that you select the postal certificate which needs to be printed and sent to the delivery address Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 57 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Detailed information Git certificate code Status Ta From Message Armount Send via email E mail Send via postal mail Address Address line 2 City Country otate province fipfoostal code Phone Free products NAME 24 Seasons 1 3 Add products Notify customer Save jor Preview Last Revised Jan 5 10 History GC 994 BJ1J RUVZ Active Cecily Corn Tom Green Edit in visual HTML editor 50 00 cecily company com United States Sel6Cl State 450 00 QUANTITY 1 delete Page 58 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com and using the pop up section select the products you want to add to the certificate and click on the Add products button T If you want to notify the customer of the changes in the certificate put a tick mark in the Notify customer check box But note that it can be ticked only for a Single action By clicking on Preview you will see the card that will be sent to the recipient All information necessary for checking the certificate balance is in the History tab The tab contains five columns Date date and time of certificate creation Username unique
359. will be reduced to the specified percentage Value value of the discount Discounted price price with the applied discount Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 114 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Editing combination combination E General Products Combination products NAME QUANTITY PRICE DISCOUNT VALUE DISCOUNTED PRICE eClie eeonaiie 1 22 99 to fixed amount 10 00c 10 00 Jersey Adidas Mens ClimaCool Jacquard Argyle Folo Options Clothing 2 54 95 by fixed amount F o 54 95 delete size Medium Color Tango Add products Recalculate Total cost 132 89 Price for all 119 90 Share discount Apply EA Save or cancel Editing combination Products Below are given Total cost total cost without discounts and Price for all total cost with discounts Also you can use the Share discount option and grant a discount on the whole combination If you enter some value e g 50 into this and click on Apply the discount will be distributed among all the products of the combination depending on their regular price Note if you change any parameter remember to click on Recalculate To save the changes click on the Save button To cancel the changes click on cancel Use Add products to add products to the combination and delete to delete the necessary product from the combination Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 115 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com In the Tags tab you can
360. with My SOL support Safe mode PHP safe mode is required ta be disabled CFF OK File uploads a ae PHP fle uploads option is required ta be enabled CURL support Th is required For operation of several payment gateways and systems such as PayPal Authorize MET ON OK Google Checkout etc real time shipping services FedEx UPS DHL Sirborne and For checking iF the server supports a secure connection Before you proceed to the next step please make sure you have the appropriate permissions for the following CS Cart files and directories contig local php read write for all users 666 catalog read writefexecute for all users 777 images and all its subdirectories read writefexecute for all users 777 skins read writefexecute for all users 777 Yar and all its subdirectories read writefexecute for all users 777 For more information please read paragraph 2 in the Installation instructions Previous Next gt Checking requirements Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page L5 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com 3 2 3 Host And Database Settings Now the Installation Wizard needs to know some details about your web server Server host name htp localhost Server host directory fcscart Secure server host name httos localhost Secure server host directory fcscart MySQL server host localhost hySOL database name cscart MyYSOL user MySQL password Secret key to encrypt order data VOLIR VERY SECRETKEY
361. woo DTS 42 42 40 Puma Women s Anjan 20 MEC Mutisyne LOD 20 B Daewoo DTS 42 42 WY Nec muttisyne LED D Puma Women s Anjan Adidas Mens Climat Top 10 Products Items Sold Top 10 Products Items Sold is a chart represented as a graphic pie where object to analyze is products value to display is the number of products date range is not set all data are analyzed and where values are selected by the number of items Top 10 Products Cost is a bar chart where object to analyze is categories value to display is product costs time interval total date range is not set all data are analyzed and where values are selected by the number of items Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 41 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com seinen chart by amCharts com Top 10 Products Cost 6 O00 000 4 O00 3 O00 9 2 000 1 000 nitors amp Project 3 Wen 0 9 4 Footwear 0 7 Top 10 Products Cost PRODUCTS TOTAL 1 Daewoo DTS 42 42 E S 4 998 00 2 NEC MultiSync LOD1915 19 z 499 99 3 Adidas Mens ClimaCool Mesh Polos CT 49 95 4 Puma Women s Anjan Leather EET 39 99 Top 10 Products Cost monthly Top 10 Products Cost monthly is a chart represented as a table where object to analyze is products value to display is product costs time interval total date range is not set all data are analyzed and where values are selected by total cost Last Revis
362. x and enter the desired value into the opened input box Click on the Save button How to replace or remove the Build your PC photo Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 406 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com E9 This picture is a graphic banner that is added to the page for demo purposes It can be removed or replaced on the Banners page in the administration area the link to this page is in the Content tab How to enable reviews for all products at once Log in to your admin area and click on the Products link under the Catalog tab Select 100 in the Items per page option to open this option click on the number link near Total items Select all products by clicking on the check box near the CODE title at the top of the product list After that click on the Choose action link and select the Edit selected option Click on the Unselect all link in the opened window Select the Reviews check box in this section and click on the Modify selected button Click on the Apply values to all selected products link A new small section will be displayed Select the Reviews check box and select Communication Rating or All in the select box near to it Then click on the Apply button The selected value will be applied to all the products Repeat the same actions for the other products if they are left As my server is in the USA and my company is in Australia is there a way to set the date and time to be
363. y are normally updated automatically However if you discover that the variant combinations have not been updated click on the rebuild combinations link to apply the changes Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 105 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com If you edit the value of any field click on Save to save the changes To delete a combination from the list click on the delete link of the plan To delete several combinations at a time tick off the check boxes opposite the entries you want to delete click on Delete selected To add a new combination to the list use the Add combination button select option variants click on amp reate Quantity discounts CS Cart shopping cart software includes the possibility of wholesale trade You can define quantity discounts wholesale prices for a product using the Qty discounts tab General Images Secondary categories Options Qty discounts Files Blocks ddons Features Buy together Tags Attachments Reguired products Reward points QUANTITY PRICE 4 USER GROUP 1 4 50 All 10 3 50 All x 0 00 All 3 Save or cancel Quantity discounts The list of quantity discounts is represented as follows Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 106 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Quantity the minimum number of products to which the current quantity discount Is applied Price the wholesale price of the product User g
364. y com findex phpystare access key key value Initial order ID value 255 Allow to create shipments M General Default location contains the following items Default address customer s address by default This address will be used in case of an unregistered customer Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 204 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Default zipcode customer s zip code by default This zip code will be used in case of an unregistered customer Default city customer s city by default This city will be used in case of an unregistered customer Default country customer s country by default The Country select box on Register account page and on Customer information one at checkout will be predefined to the value of this field Default state customer s state by default The States select box on Register account page and on Customer information one at checkout will be predefined to the value of this field Default phone customer s phone by default This phone will be used in the case of an unregistered customer Default location Default address 312 stuart st Default zipcode 02134 Default city Boston Default country United States Default state Mississippi Default phone 6175556985 Default location Catalog contains the following elements Enable inventory tracking if this option is enabled the system will automatically update the quantity of product
365. y entry Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 67 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com back to Recurring plans Editing recurring plan Test recurring plan al English recurring billing settings General Products Title Test recurring plan Recurring period Weekly Fay day Tue Recurring price to percentage of the original price 80 Recurring duration months 2 Recurring start price to percentage of the original price 70 Recurring start duration i month sY Recurring note Edit in visual HTML editor Status amp amp Active O Disabled Allow customer setup Iw duration Allow customer Iw unsubscribe Save or cancel Editing recurring plan Title name of the recurring plan Recurring period how often the payment should be made annually quarterly monthly weekly by period Pay day day of the payment Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 68 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com The value of this field depends on the selected recurring period If Recurring period is set to Annually Quarterly or Monthly you can select any day in the first month of the period If Recurring period is set to Weekly you can select any day of the week from Sunday to Saturday In case Recurring period is set to By period the field Recurring period value days appears on the page In this field you specify the recurring period in days e g 15 and in the field Pay day the
366. y from backup the backup copy of skin templates is stored in skins_ repository directory Change permissions Click on Change permissions link to set permissions for the directory You will need to tick off r check box to set read permissions w one to set write permissions and x one to set execute permissions for the directory owner the owner group and all users Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 322 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Change permissions Owner Group World r W X Fr W Kk F WX wey oe we oe oo Recursively L E gave or Cancel Change permissions Template icons are marked according to template type template file image file CSS file JavaScript file etc Click on file icon or double click on the filename to open a pop up window with the content of the file In this window you can edit the content of the file Click on Save button to save the changes in the file system Click on the cancel link to cancel the changes and close the window Click on filename to display a section with a list of available operations for the file The list includes the operations you can apply to the directory delete rename restore from the repository change permissions and two additional ones Edit Click on Edit link to open the pop up window with the content of the file Download Click on Download link to download the file to your local computer By using the Create file and Creat
367. ying Notification duration daysi 7 Save or cancel In the tab Reward points you can set the following parameters of the Reward points addon Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 253 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com Reward points options General Points Exchange Rate PER the number of points equal to 1 conventional unit Price in points 1s calculated automatically on FER basis Price In points 1s recalculated taking Into account discounts Points 1s recalculated taking into account discounts lf the product and the product category do not have defined reward points but the higher level category has such reward points extract data from tt lf several reward points can be applied set Log lines per page Save or cancel Minimal 10 Reward points Points Exchange Rate PER the number of points equal to 1 conventional unit this exchange rate specifies how much one currency is worth in terms of points Price in points is calculated automatically on PER basis if ticked off then price in points directly depends on points exchange rate For example if the Point Exchange Rate is 10 and product price is 50 the price in points will be 500 50 10 500 Price in points is recalculated taking into account discounts tick off to enable Points is recalculated taking into account discounts tick off to enable Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page
368. ype If you use the Authorize only type AuthorizeNet Aim only checks your credit card data and does not make any payment If you use the Authorize and capture type AuthorizeNet Aim checks all information and makes a payment So for real payments you should use the second type of transaction Order prefix any prefix you want orders to have optional field Click on the Create button to save the changes Last Revised Jan 5 10 Page 402 of 409 Copyright 2004 2010 CS Cart com How can I set up CS Cart with 2Checkout payment gateway Log in to your administration area open the Administration tab and click on the Payment methods link Click on the Add payment button Enter your new payment method name in the Name text input field select 2checkout in the Processor drop down select box enter the desired description and surcharges into the appropriate input fields upload an image if needed Open the Configure tab in the Same window in order to view the 2Checkout settings section First of all follow the directions given at the top of the page Then fill in the following fields Account number your 2Checkout account number Secret word type your Secret word that you have set at the previous step Test Live mode set it to Test while testing the credit card processing through this payment gateway Click on the Create button to save the changes How to set up CS Cart with UPS AL 1 Log tn

CS-Cart User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents